551.2r 15 Design Guide For Tilt Up Concrete Panels

Design Guide for Tilt-Up
Concrete Panels
Reported by ACI Committee 551
L[)
'
I
0:::
N •
'
L[)
L[)
u
<( �
� acI • �
American Concrete Institute
5990390
Always advancing
2015/10/28 23:22:19
Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb
Not for Resale,
without license from IHS
First Printing
Always advancing
August 2015
ISBN: 978-1-942727-30-9
Design Guide for Tilt-Up Concrete Panels
Copyright by the American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, MI. All rights reserved. This material
may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or part, in any printed, mechanical, electronic, film, or other
distribution and storage media, without the written consent of ACI.
The technical committees responsible for ACI committee reports and standards strive to avoid
ambiguities, omissions, and errors in these documents. In spite of these efforts, the users of ACI
documents occasionally find information or requirements that may be subject to more than one
interpretation or may be incomplete or incorrect. Users who have suggestions for the improvement of
ACI documents are requested to contact ACI via the errata website at http://concrete.org/Publications/
DocumentErrata.aspx. Proper use of this document includes periodically checking for errata for the most
up-to-date revisions.
ACI committee documents are intended for the use of individuals who are competent to evaluate the
significance and limitations of its content and recommendations and who will accept responsibility for
the application of the material it contains. Individuals who use this publication in any way assume all
risk and accept total responsibility for the application and use of this information.
All information in this publication is provided "as is" without warranty of any kind, either express or
implied, including but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular
purpose or non-infringement.
ACI and its members disclaim liability for damages of any kind, including any special, indirect, incidental,
or consequential damages, including without limitation, lost revenues or lost profits, which may result
from the use of this publication.
It is the responsibility of the user of this document to establish health and safety practices appropriate
to the specific circumstances involved with its use. ACI does not make any representations with regard
to health and safety issues and the use of this document. The user must determine the applicability of
all regulatory limitations before applying the document and must comply with all applicable laws and
regulations, including but not limited to, United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) health and safety standards.
Participation by governmental representatives in the work of the American Concrete Institute and in
the development of Institute standards does not constitute governmental endorsement of ACI or the
standards that it develops.
Order information: ACI documents are available in print, by download, on CD-ROM, through electronic
subscription, or reprint and may be obtained by contacting ACI.
Most ACI standards and committee reports are gathered together in the annually revised ACI Manual of
Concrete Practice (MCP).

38800 Country Club Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331
Phon�: +1.248.848.3700
Fax: +1.248.848.3701
·
www. concrete.org
5990390
2015/10/28 23:22:19
American Concrete Institute Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb
Provided by IHS under license with ACI Not for Resale,
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
ACI 551.2R-15
Design Guide for Tilt-Up Concrete Panels

Reported by ACI Committee 551
Jeff Griffin, Chair James R. Baty II, Secretary
Iyad M. Alsamsam Brent E. Hungerford AndrewS. McPherson Joseph J. Steinbicker

William R. Braswell Anthony I. Johnson Trent C. Nagele Jason A. Swager!
Jerry D. Coombs PhilipS. Kopf Craig J. Olson
Darryl E. Dixon Kimberly Waggle Kramer Lance Osborne
Michael Fulton James S. Lai Jayendra R. Patel Consulting Members
John G. Hart John W. Lawson J. EdwardSauter Hugh Brooks
Robert P. Hirsch Ed T. McGuire Nandu K. Shah David L. Kelly
This guide presents information that expands on the provisions 3.4-Moment magnifier method, p. 7
of ACI 318 applied to the design of site-cast precast, or tilt-up, 3.5-ACI 3 1 8 provisions, p. 7
concrete panels, and provides a comprehensive procedure for the 3.6-Comparison to 1997 Uniform Building Code, p. 8
design of these important structural elements. In addition, this 3.7-Limitations on panel slenderness, p. 9
guide provides design recommendations for various support and
load conditions not specifically covered in ACI 318, including
CHAPTE R 4-LOADING CONDITIONS, p. 9
design guidelines for in-plane shear.
4. 1-Lateral loads, p. 9
Keywords: panel; panel design; panel lifting; precast; reinforcement 4.2-Axial loads, p. 10
design; seismic design of tilt-up; slender wall analysis; tilt-up; tilt-up 4.3-Panel self-weight, p. 1 1
design, tilt-up detailing. 4.4-Load factors and combinations, p. 1 1
CONTENTS CHAPTE R 5-M I N I M U M REINFORCEMENT, p. 1 1
5.1-General, p. 1 1
CHAPTER 1 -INTRODUCTION, p. 2 5.2-ACI 3 1 8 provisions, p. 12
CHAPTER 2-NOTATION AND DEF I N ITIONS, p. 2 CHAPTE R 6-CONTROL OF DEFLECTIONS, p. 1 2
2. 1-Notation, p. 2 6.1-Creep and initial deflections, p. 13
2.2-Definitions, p. 3 6.2-Defiection calculations, p. 13
6.3-Defiection limits, p. 13
CHAPTER 3-ANALYSIS CONCEPTS FOR
SLENDER CONCRETE WALLS, p. 4 CHAPTER 7-PANEL DESIGN PROCEDURES, p . 1 4
3.1-Panel design model, p. 4 7.1-Solid panels without openings, p. 14
3.2-Bending stiffness evaluation, p. 4 7.2-Panels with openings, p. 14
3.3-Iteration method for P-1'1 effects, p. 6 7.3-Concentrated axial loads, p. 14
7.4-Concentrated lateral loads, p. 15
7 .5-Multiple spans and effects of continuity, p. 15
ACI Committee Reports, Guides, and Commentaries are 7.6-Isolated footings or pier foundations, p. 16
intended for guidance in planning, designing, executing, and 7.7-Cantilever panels, p. 16
inspecting construction. This document is intended for the use
of individuals who are competent to evaluate the significance
and limitations of its content and recommendations and who CHAPTE R S-IN-PLANE SHEAR, p . 1 7
will accept responsibility for the application of the material it 8. 1-Resistance to panel overturning, p. 1 8
contains. The American Concrete Institute disclaims any and
all responsibility for the stated principles. The Institute shall
ACI 551.2R-15 supersedes ACI 551.2R-IO and was adopted and published August
not be liable for any loss or damage arising therefrom.
2015.
Reference to this document shall not be made in contract Copyright© 2015, American Concrete Institute.
documents. If items found in this document are desired by
the Architect/Engineer to be a part of the contract documents,
All rights reserved including rights of reproduction and use in any form or by any
they shall be restated in mandatory language for incorporation

means, including the making of copies by any photo process, or by electronic or
by the Architect/Engineer.
mechanical device, printed, written, or oral, or recording for sound or visual reproduc
tion or for use in any knowledge or retrieval system or device, unless permission in
writing is obtained from the copyright proprietors.
5990390
ftr Resale, 2015/10/28 23:22:19
Provided by IHS under license with ACI Not
2 DESIGN GUIDE FOR TILT-UP CONCRETE PANELS (AC1 551.2R-15)
8.2-Resistance to sliding, p. 1 8 B.8-Plain panel on isolated footing or pier design

8.3-Concrete shear resistance, p . 1 9 example, p. 65
8.4-Seismic ductility, p . 19 B.9-Panel with stiffening pilasters and header design
8.5-In-plane frame design, p. 19 example, p. 68
8.6-Lateral analysis of wall panels linked in-plane, p. 20
CHAPTER 1 -INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 9-CONN ECTIONS FOR TILT-U P Tilt-up concrete buildings have been constructed in North
PAN E LS, p. 20 America for over 100 years, but it was not until the late 1990s
9 . !-Connection types, p. 20 that ACI 3 1 8 specifically addressed the requirements for
9.2-Design considerations, p. 22 design of slender concrete walls. ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8, provides
a method of analysis and covers only the basic requirements
CHAPTER 1 0-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS, for evaluating the effects of vertical and transverse out-of
p. 25 plane loads. ACI 3 1 8-11, Chapter 1 0, may also be used to
1 0. 1-Forming and construction tolerances, p. 25 design slender walls, but the requirements are more general
10.2-Concrete for tilt-up panels, p. 25 and should be applied with discretion.
1 0.3-Panel reinforcement, p. 26 This guide expands on the provisions of ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,
Section 14.8, andASCE/SEI 7 and provides a comprehensive
CHAPTER 1 1 -DESIGN FOR LIFTING STRESSES, procedure for the design of these structural elements. This
p. 26 guide also provides design recommendations for various
1 1 . 1-General lifting concepts, p. 26 support and load conditions not specifically covered in ACI
1 1 .2-Steps for performing a lifting design, p. 27 3 1 8, and includes design guidelines for in-plane shear.
1 1 .3-Lifting considerations: building engineer of record,
p. 27 CHAPTER 2-NOTATION AND DEFINITIONS
1 1 .4-Lifting design considerations: panel specialty engi
neer, p. 28 2.1 -Notation
gross area of concrete section, in.2 (mm2)
CHAPTER 1 2-TEMPORARY PANEL BRACING, p. 29 area of tension reinforcement, in.2 (mm2)
12. 1-Brace geometry and number of braces, p. 29 effective area of tension reinforcement, in.2 (mm2)
12.2-Knee and lateral bracing, p. 29 area of shear reinforcement, in.2 (mm2)
12.3-Bracing to slab-on-ground, p. 29 depth of equivalent rectangular stress block, in. (mm)
12.4-Deadmen, p. 29 design width, in. (mm)
12.5-Base sliding, p. 29 tributary width, in. (mm)
12.6-Alternate bracing methods, p. 30 width of the concrete section, in. (mm)
distance from the extreme fiber to the neutral axis,
CHAPTER 1 3-REFER ENCES, p. 30 in. (mm)
Authored references, p. 30 D dead load
d distance from the extreme concrete compression
APPEN DIX A-DERIVATION OF M n AND len p. 30 fiber to the centroid of tension reinforcement, or
A. l-Derivation of M,, and fer based on rectangular stress the effective depth of section, in. (mm)
block, p. 30 distance from the extreme compression fiber to
A.2-Derivation of M,, and fer based on triangular stress centroid of extreme layer of longitudinal tension
distribution, p. 3 1 steel, in. (mm)
loads due to seismic force
APPENDIX 8-DESIGN EXAMPLES FOR OUT-OF concrete modulus of elasticity, psi (MPa)
P LANE FORCES, p. 31 steel modulus of elasticity, psi (MPa)
B. l-Panel with no openings design example, p. 33 ece eccentricity of applied load(s), in. (mm)
B. I M-Panel with no openings design example (metric), F loads due to weight or pressure of fluids
p. 35 FP factored load
B.2-Panel with a 1 0 x 15 ft door opening design example, !c' specified compressive strength of concrete, psi (MPa)
p. 39 f,. modulus of rupture, psi (MPa)
B.3-Panel with concentrated axial load design example, h reinforcement yield stress, psi (MPa)
p. 44 GCp= external pressure coefficient
B.4-Panel with concentrated lateral load design example, GCP= ; internal pressure coefficient
p. 48 H horizontal line load or soil pressure
B.5-Multi-story panel design example, p. 5 1 h panel thickness, in. (mm)
B.6-Panel with dock-high condition design example, p . 56 fe importance factor
B. 7-Plain panel with fixed end design example, p. 6 1 fe r cracked section moment of inertia, in.4 (mm4)
fe effective moment of inertia, in.4 (mm4)
Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb 5990390
American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
DESIGN GUIDE FOR TILT-UP CONCRETE PANELS (AC1 551.2R-15) 3
Kb bending stiffness, in.-lb/in. (N·mm/mm) w wind load

Kd wind directionality factor Wa wind load based on serviceability wind speed
Kz velocity pressure coefficient at height z We panel self-weight
Kz1 topographic factor Wjl o0 1· = weight of tributary floor structure
L live load WpaneF weight of panel
L,. roof live load W,· oo;= weight of tributary roof structure
e vertical span of member between support w uniform lateral load
le cantilever height factored self-weight of concrete wall panel above
elj oor = distance from floor diaphragm to the bottom of the base
panel, in. (mm) Wu factored uniform lateral load on element
lmain = distance from main floor to bottom of panel, in. (mm) mean roof height
lpaneF distance from panel center of gravity to the bottom moment magnification factor
of panel, in. (mm) unit weight of concrete, lb/ft3 (kg/m3)
l,.00J = distance from roof diaphragm to the bottom of ratio of area of distributed longitudinal reinforce
panel, in. (mm) ment to gross concrete area perpendicular to that
lw width of concrete section, in. (mm) reinforcement
Ma maximum moment at midheight of wall due Pt ratio of area of distributed transverse reinforce
to service lateral and eccentric vertical loads, ment to gross concrete area perpendicular to that
including P-!1 effects, in.-lb (N·mm) reinforcement
Me,. = moment causing flexural cracking of the concrete q, strength reduction factor
section, in.-lb (N·mm) !1; initial deflection at midheight, in. (mm)
M,nax = maximum moment occurring over the span of the !3.max = maximum total deflection at midheight, in. (mm)
panel due to uniform lateral loads, in.-lb (N·mm) !111 maximum potential deflection at midheight, in. (mm)
M,, = nominal moment strength at the midheight cross f1s = maximum out-of-plane deflection due to service
section due to service lateral and eccentric vertical loads, including P-!1 effects, in. (mm)
loads only, in.-lb (N·mm)
M,, = maximum factored combined bending moment, 2.2-Defin itions
in.-lb (N·mm) ACI provides a comprehensive list of definitions through
M,w = maximum factored moment at midheight of wall an online resource "ACI Concrete Terminology" at http://
due to lateral and eccentric vertical loads, not www.concrete.org/store/productdetail.aspx ?ItemiD=CT 1 3.
including P-!1 effects, in.-lb (N·mm) Definitions provided herein complement that resource.
n modular ratio compressive strength-measured maximum resistance of
P applied axial load at top of panel a concrete specimen to axial compressive loading; expressed
P-!1 = secondary moment caused by axial load P acting as force per unit cross-sectional area.
on a deflected shape with displacement !1, in.-lb compressive stress-stress directed toward the part on
(N·mm) which it acts.
critical buckling load connection-a region that joins two or more members.
factored axial load modulus of ela sticity ratio of normal stress to corre
-
effective velocity pressure at mean roofheight lb/ z, sponding strain for tensile or compressive stress below
ft2 (N·m2) the proportional limit of the material; also called elastic
R rain load in 4.4 modulus, Young's modulus, and Young's modulus of elas
R vertical reaction at footing in 8.1 ticity; denoted by the symbol E.
R seismic response modification coefficient in 8.4 moment fr am e--frame in which members and joints
s snow load resist forces through flexure, shear, and axial force.
short-period design spectral response acceleration net tensile str ain-tensile strain at nominal strength
maximum considered spectral response acceleration exclusive of strains due to effective prestress, creep,
mapped short-period spectral acceleration shrinkage, and temperature.
s spacing oftransverse shear reinforcement, in. (mm) seismic-force-resisting sy stem-portion of the structure
T cumulative effects of temperature, creep, shrinkage, designed to resist earthquake design forces required by the
settlement legally adopted general building code using the applicable
nominal shear strength of normalweight concrete, provisions and load combinations.
lb (N) tensile stress stress directed away from the part on
-
Vlf o or= floor diaphragm shear force which it acts.

V11 = total shear strength of the concrete section, lb (N) tension-controlled section c ro ss section in which the
-
VpaneF panel shear force (seismic only net tensile strain in the extreme tension fiber at nominal
VR main = resisting shear force at main floor strength is greater than or equal to 0.005.
V,· oof = roof diaphragm shear force slender wa ll wall, structural or otherwise, whose
-
Vs = nominal shear strength of the rejpforcement,lb{N) thickness-to-height ratio make it susceptible to secondary
American Concrete Institute Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb 5990390
Provided by IHS under license with ACI American Concrete I nstitute - Copytri!!l flt�.@1Ma@l'i�f""!Www.concrete.org
moments from eccentric axial loads and self-weight in addi

tion to primary moments from out-of-plane (lateral) forces. Pe
work-entire construction or separately identified parts
thereof that are required to be furnished under contract \
documents. \\
,
,I,
,
CHAPTER 3-ANALYSIS CONCEPTS FOR

I I
e w
'•
SLENDER CONCRETE WALLS
'•
3.1 -Panel design model

lh
Tilt-up concrete wall panels most often serve as load //''c:,Deflected
bearing wall elements spanning vertically from the founda ' ' Shape
I
tion or slab-on-ground to intermediate floor(s), roof, or both.
Bending moments result from out-of-plane loads, eccentric Panel Primary Secondary Combined
axial loads, or both. Second-order bending effects resulting Loading Moment Moment Moment
from axial load acting on a deflected panel shape will cause
an increase in these moments, also known as the P-1:1 effect. Fig. 3. 1-Panel design model-suction force acting with
Ultimate strength failure of a slender wall panel is defined eccentric axial load.
to occur when the maximum factored bending moment at or main concern is the failure condition due to factored loads,
near midheight exceeds the nominal strength of the concrete where the resisting moment and bending stiffness can be
section times a strength reduction factor. determined accurately by simple calculations.
The maximum bending moment can be separated into two
components: 1) primary moment due to applied loads; and 3.2-Bending stiffness eval uation
2) secondary moment due to P-1:1 effects. The relationship between the maximum bending moment
Figure 3 . 1 illustrates the effects of these moments. Primary in the wall panel and maximum lateral deflection can be
moments are obtained from applied loads, such as lateral expressed by the following ratio
wind or seismic pressures, and eccentric axial loads. In
most cases, it is the moment at midheight that is of concern
because this is normally where maximum P-1:1 effects and K b
= M,
1:1
ax
eventual failure will occur. The following contribute to the max
primary moment in the panel:
(a) Eccentric axial loads Simplify the procedure for calculating deflection and final
(b) Out-of-plane lateral loads (wind or seismic) bending moment by using a constant value for the bending
(c) Initial lateral deflections due to panel out-of-straightness stiffness Kb that will provide reasonable, but conservative,
Small horizontal displacements ofthe top ofthe panel rela- results for the expected range of applied loading.
tive to the bottom have little effect on the bending moments Where a simply supported slender wall element is
and are typically ignored. subjected to uniform lateral load only (Fig. 3.2a), maximum
The deflection of a wall panel depends on its bending stiff moment Mmax will occur at midheight and the maximum
ness. For reinforced concrete, this bending stiffness can be deflection t1max is given by
difficult to evaluate because it is influenced by a number of
parameters, including: 5w£4
(a) Wall thickness Mmax£ 2
(b) Concrete compressive strength
.6.max 384EJe 48EJe 9.6EJe
(c) Concrete tensile strength
(d) Area of steel reinforcement in which
(e) Location of steel reinforcement in the wall section
(f) Applied axial load
(g) Bending curvature
The flexural properties of a concrete section vary in a
nonlinear manner with increasing moment. Both strength
and stiffness will vary with changes in axial compression and When the same wall element is subjected to a constant
degree of bending curvature. As curvature increases, bending moment M along the height due to equal and opposite end
moment increases until concrete crushing or reinforcement moments (Fig. 3.2b), maximum deflection is
yielding occurs. Bending stiffness of the panel remains rela
tively constant at small curvatures, but abruptly decreases
as the concrete cracks in flexural tension. Following this, � max
stiffness essentially does not deteriorate any further until 8£Je
reinforcement yields in tension. In most cases, however, the
American Co ete Ins Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb 5990390
Provided by I o�
m t e with ACI
No reproduction or
or mg permitted without license from IHS
\ '\
\ \ 1'\
\
\\ I' '\ \ \
\\ \ \ \
\\ I, 'I \ \ \
I \ \ \
I I \ \ \
I \ \
e
I I
I I Mmar ! I L'l
I I
I I
I I
I
I
II
''
I I
t-t e I I
II
Mmax
I
I
'' I' '' I I

II � I
II I I I
II
II
II Deflected , I
It
,I
II
II
'2 I
I
I
J
II shape 11 I
I
I It·I Deflected
I
11 shape I
I
Uniform �2 /1 I
lateral load Mmax

8 2
p M maxe
Mmax =P-J'I, /').=
Fig. 3. 2a-Maximum deflection due to lateral load only.
Axial load 9.87EJe
f---, Fig. 3. 2c-Deflection due to axial load only.
M Maximum moment in a tilt-up panel is usually the result

M Y'""" of a combination of these loading conditions. Lateral
\ 1'\
\
load effects are often large compared with end moments.
,,, \
\
Traditional methods for analyzing tilt-up panel walls have
, \ adopted the first of the aforementioned relations for deflec
, \ tion calculations
\
,
\
I
I I
I
I I
I
I
I I
e L),max
'
I
1,
1 1
1
I
,
I
:2 Deflected
shape
I
I
I
I
I
I Bending stiffuess Kb for a slender wall is therefore defined as
I I 48EJe 9.6EJe
I Kb
_
5T _Ji._ 2_
M �v 2
L'l= Ml
Constant
moment Moment 8EJe This will slightly overestimate the deflection and
maximum bending moment of a slender wall subjected to
Fig. 3. 2b-Maximum deflection due to constant lateral the combined effects of lateral and axial load for all axial
moment. loads that produce P-L'l moments larger than the moments
Where the wall element is subjected to axial load P, only produced by lateral loads.
as shown in Fig. 3.2c, plus a small initiating eccentricity, K6 is similar in value to the more familiar term for critical
maximum deflection at midheight is given by buckling load, Per
Mma./2 Mma./2
L1max 1t2 EJe 9.87 EJe
in which Critical buckling capacity is a by-product of the P-L'l

analysis and represents the maximum axial load that can
M,nax= Pllmax be sustained by a pin-ended slender column or wall in the
absence of any other applied loads. The factor = 9.87 11?
defines a sinus()idal, single-curvature deflected shape due to

the effects of a concentric axial load only. The applicable

units for Per are force (k or kip [N or Newton]) and for K6,
bending moment per unit deflection (ft-kip/ft or in.-kip/in. 1000
[N-m/m or N-mm/mm]). ft-lb
Section stiffness Eefe in the preceding equation varies with

both axial and lateral loadings, degree of curvature of the
panel, and properties of the concrete section. At ultimate
load conditions, the concrete section exhibits cracks over 3750
most of the panel height. Full-scale testing in California in ft-lb
the early 1 980s (SEAOSC 1982) and analytical studies by

the SEAOSC Slender Wall Task Group (Lai et a!. 2005) veri
fied that a value ofEJe equal to the cracked section stiffness
EJer correlates closely with the load-deflection character
istic of the test results. Ultimate load deflections using the
preceding l'lmax equations will likely be overestimated. The
cracked section moment of inertia, len can be taken as Panel
loading
Primary
moment
Secondary
moment
Combined
moment
Fig. 3.3-Slender wall example calculation-suction force

acting with eccentric axial load. (Note: 1 in.= 24.5 mm; 1ft=
0. 3 m; 1 plf = 1. 4 N/m; 1 fl-lb = 15 N-m; 1 lb(fr = 0. 048 kPa.)
where which had also been employed in this form by The Uniform
c= a/01
Building Code (International Code Council 1 997). These
=-0.85fc'b
assumptions do not introduce significant variations to the
a
AJY
�'--
final design of a slender tilt-up panel. Appendix A provides a
derivation and comparison of the two methods.
01 = 0.85 forfc' :S 4000 psi (28 MPa)
( )
3.3-lteration method for P-1:. effects
1c'- 4000
As noted in the previous section, the maximum moment
0.85- o.o5 � 0.65 forf'
' > 4000 psi (in.-lb units)
M,,.ax in a slender wall element typically occurs at or near the
=
= 0.85 - 0.05 (!'_c_-7 28 )

1000
midheight section. It is the sum of the applied moment Ma
_ 2 0.65 forfc' > 28 MPa (SI units) and the P-l'l moment
n =E/Ec
Rectangular stress block stiffness has been used because The relation between maximum bending moment and
the panel is at the ultimate load state. The development of deflection is
this relationship, and a comparison to fer for a triangular
concrete stress distribution, is provided in Appendix A.
Applied axial forces will counteract a portion of the � max
flexural tension stresses in the concrete section, resulting
in increased bending moment resistance. For small axial
stresses less than 0.1 Ofc', this can be accounted for by a The solution to the previous two equations can be obtained
simple modification of the area of reinforcement as follows by a simple iterative procedure. The following example
(}!_)
illustrates the method, assuming a 12 in. (300 mm) wide
A = A + �� panel strip depicted in Fig. 3.3.
se s
Jy 2d The assumed parameters are:
e = 20 ft (6. 1 0 m)
w= 25 lb/ft2 ( 1 .2 kPa)
Ase can also be used to account for the increased bending P = 4000 plf (5400 N/m) at top of panel
stiffness when computing P-l'l deflections. eec = 3 in. (76 mm)
The assumption that concrete section stiffness is equal Eeler= 45 x 1 06 lb-in.2 (129 x 1 06 N-mm2)
to EJer and is constant over the entire height of the panel
is considered valid for factored load conditions. The calcu 48 45 X 106
Kb
48EJa
= = = 7 500 in.-lb/in. (33 kN-mm/mm)
lation for fer is based on the value of c for the rectangular 5£2 5 202 X 122
concrete stress block that occurs at ultimate loads rather I
25x- +4000x-x- = 1250 +500 = 1750 ft lb (25.5 kN-m)
202 3
than kd for the triangular stress distribution that occurs at M a
=
8 2 12
service loads, because the purpose is to compute deflections Start with:
at ultimate loads. ACI 3 1 8 adopted this approach in 1999,
Provided by I o�
m t e with ACI
No reproduction or
Ma
_ 21 -
- ' 000 0.233 ft or 2.80 m.
.
�
I = K = 7500 = (71 mm)
b
M2 = 1 750 + 4000 x 0.233 = 2683 ft-lb (39.2 kN-m)
�2 = 0.358 ft ( 1 09 mm)
M3 = 3 1 8 1 ft-lb (46.4 kN-m)
� 3 = 0.424 1 ft ( 1 29 mm) Using the values from the previous example,
M4 = 3447 ft-lb (50.3 kN-m) Ma = 1 750 ft-lb (25.5 kN-m)
� 0.4595 ft (140 mm)
=
Kb = 7500 ft-lb/ft (33 kN-mm/mm)
M,nax = 3750 ft-lb (54.7 kN-m) P = 4000 plf (5400 N/m)
�max= 0.5 ft ( 1 52 mm)
1
0b = = 2. 143
3.4-Moment magnifier method 1 - 4000 / 7500
ACI 3 1 8 adopted the magnifier equation for evaluation M,11ax = 1750 x 2. 143 = 3750 ft-lb (54.7 kN-m)
of the P-� effects in compression members. This method
is sometimes poorly understood by designers, primarily � 3750
= =
0.5 ft ( 1 52 mm)
because of the complex way it has been employed in various max
7500
codes for the design of slender columns in concrete, steel, and
wood. Additionally, many engineers believe that the results 3.5-ACI 3 1 8 provisions
obtained by moment magnifier are different than those from ACI 3 1 8 first introduced provisions for the design of
an iterative procedure. The moment magnifier equation is slender concrete walls in 1999. These were originally
obtained by combining the two equations in 3.3. It provides adapted from the Uniform Building Code (International
results identical to those using an iteration of moments and Code Council 1 997), but modified to be consistent with ACI
deflections, as long as loading conditions and assumptions format using the moment magnifier method. Updates to the
for material properties are consistent. The derivation of this provisions have been incorporated in subsequent versions of
method is illustrated as follows. ACI 3 1 8, with the strength requirements as follows (ACI
From the previous section of this guide (3.3) 3 1 8- 1 1):
The design moment strength <PMn for combined flexure
M,nax = Ma + P�max and axial loads at the midheight cross section shall be
where <j>M,, �M,, ( 1 4-3)
Mmax where
48£Jcr
�max
Mu = Mua + Pu�u ( 1 4-4)
or and
5M R c 2
L1 11 ( 1 4-5)
ll
=
0.75(48£J0.)
Maximum moment M,nax can now be written in the following
form Mu shall be obtained by iteration of deflections, or by
direct calculation using Eq. (14-6).
( 1 4-6)
This equation can be rewritten as 0.75(48£Jc,)
where
Mmax =M a l -)
1
1-
Kb
p = M a ob
Icr = E,
Ec
[A (..!!_)](d
+
s I;,
Jy 2d
- c)2 + f.vc3
3 ( 1 4-7)
where
The term b will be used in place of ew for the remainder of Mer = J,S (9-9)
this guide to avoid confusion with the term ec for wall height
and the substitution of Ase defined by where
A se
=
A + ��
s
Jy
(}!_)
2d
S =
bh2
-
6
=
I
...!..
Y,
(uncracked section modulus)
A factor of 0.75 is used to reduce the calculated bending J; 7.5 'A fl: (9- 1 0)
=
stiffuess of the concrete section in accordance with ACI

3 1 8- 1 1 , Chapters 10 and 14. It is intended to account for vari
ations in material properties and workmanship. Test results where /... is taken as 1 .0 for normalweight concrete.
(SEAOSC 1982) and analytical studies (Lai et a!. 2005) have The purpose of this provision is to prevent a sudden
indicated that small variations in the position of reinforcement increase in lateral deflection where panel cracking occurs
in the concrete section will have a significant effect on the as a result of a temporary overload condition. An ancillary
strength of the wall panel and the bending stiffuess properties. benefit is that it also contributes to improved behavior of the
A reduction in bending stiffness is not limited to the provi panel during the lifting operation. In many cases, the rein
sions of ACI 3 1 8. It should also be employed where other forcement required to satisfy ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 1 4.8.2.4, will be
methods of slender wall analysis are used. Historically, design greater than minimum reinforcement.
methods for tilt-up panels have not specifically included this ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 9.3.2.1 and 1 0.3.4, indicate that the value of
requirement. The 0.75 reduction factor in bending stiffness q, for tension-controlled flexural members is equal to 0.9.
should be incorporated by all other alternate design methods This occurs when the steel tension strain is greater than
to comply with the requirements of ACI 3 1 8. or equal to 0.005 and when the concrete in compression
Nominal moment strength M,, is obtained in accordance reaches its assumed strain limit of 0.003. This is equivalent
with ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , Chapter 1 0, requirements by using the to cld1 being less than 0.375 (refer to the commentary ofACI
modified area of reinforcement, Ase· 3 1 8, 9.3.2.2) and is required for tilt-up panels designed in
Procedures outlined in ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 1 4.8.3, provide a accordance with the provisions of ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 14.8.
simplified method for design of slender concrete walls
commonly used in tilt-up construction. The following limi 3.6-Comparison t o 1 997 Un iform B u i ld i n g Code
tations should be noted: The procedure specified in the Uniform Building Code
(a) Section stiffness EJm as obtained from the rectangular (International Code Council 1 997) was developed specifi
stress block derivation using the modified area of reinforce cally for tilt-up concrete panels. Primary factored bending
ment, As-. as permitted by 14.8 of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , is valid for moments are calculated from the applied loading to the
small axial loads only. Section 1 4.8.2.6 requires a limit of panel. Maximum potential deflection is computed for the
0.06f! for the vertical stress P, /Ag at the midheight section. condition where the panel section is assumed to be at ulti
(b) Using a constant value for panel bending stiffness Kb is mate bending moment over the entire span. The secondary
valid for walls subjected to out-of-plane bending forces due P-/',. moment resulting from axial loads acting over this
primarily to uniform lateral loads. Where applied moments deflected shape is then added to the primary moment. Where
are primarily due to end moments from eccentric axial loads, the combined effects are less than or equal to the ultimate
a reduction in bending stiffness may be necessary. resisting moment of the concrete section, strength design
(c) The ACI 3 1 8 method is intended for simply supported requirements are considered satisfied.
wall elements only. It can, however, be adapted to panels
with fixed-end conditions, or for those spanning over M,, = Ma + Pu /',.u :S q,M,,
multiple supports, as will be demonstrated in Chapter 7 of
this guide. where
(d) ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.2.4, provides a minimum strength
requirement for the concrete section of
( 14-2)
where Other forces contributing to the primary moment, such as

lateral out-of-plane point loads, need to be included when
computing Ma. The effect of panel self-weight should also
be taken into account in the P-/',. calculations, although this is
not specifically stated in the Uniform Building Code (Inter
national Code Council 1997); it is discussed in 4.3.
as outlined in ACI 3 1 8, 1 0.2.7 (refer to Appendix A for the deri The potential midheight deflection is given by
vation ofthis equation using the rectangular stress block) and
Provided by I o m. t e with ACI American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
No reproduction or�or mg permitted without license from IHS
5M /! 2
__
n__
c
guidelines taken from CAN/CSA A23.3 may be useful to
48 EJc designers
r
where, for normalweight concrete

Single mat of reinforcement
Ec = 57, 000Jl: psi (in.-lb units) (centered in the panel cross section) ............................... 50
Two mats of reinforcement
( 1 in. [25 mm] clear of each face) .................................. 65
Ec =
4700Jl: MPa (SI units) Where panel height-to-thickness ratio exceeds these
limits, quantities of reinforcement may not be economical,
and a thicker panel should be considered. Section 14.8.2.3
and of ACI 318- 1 1 effectively limits the amount of tension rein
forcement in a panel by requiring the wall section to be
tension-controlled. By meeting this criterion, impending
failure of a wall section is observable through large deflec
tions and cracking (refer also to ACI 318- 1 1 , R10.3.4). Panel
thickness may also be controlled by limitations on service
Modification in the area of reinforcement, as outlined load deflections. Refer to Chapter 6 for more information
previously, is used to partially account for the increased regarding these limitations.
bending resistance due to applied axial loads.
CHAPTER 4-LOADING CON DITIONS
4.1 -Lateral loads

The effect of lateral loads on tilt-up panels is often the
largest contribution to the total applied bending moment.
This equation is applicable for a single layer of reinforce Wind pressures, soil pressures, or seismic accelerations are
ment at the center of the panel only. usually applied to the wall panel as a distributed lateral load.
Other applicable requirements specified in the Uniform 4.1.1 Wind load ASCEISEI 7 specifies wind pressure
s-
Building Code (International Code Council 1997) include: for low-rise buildings as the algebraic difference between
(a) Vertical service load stress at the location of maximum suction or external and internal pressure. Wind exerts loads
moment does not exceed 0.04fc' on walls either as a net inward or a net outward pressure.
(b) Sufficient reinforcement should be provided so that the Applicable building standards should be consulted for the
nominal moment capacity times the factor � is greater than Me, proper determination of these forces, including any modi
(c) Midheight deflection Lls under service lateral and fications or amendments adopted by the authority having
vertical loads (without load factors) shall be limited by the jurisdiction.
relation 4 . 1 . 1 . 1 Example of wind load determination based on
Chapter 30, Part 1 ofASCE/SEI 7-10
Given: Warehouse structure; Occupancy (Risk) Category
11 s =
.!.s_ II; 30 ft (9 m) high; situated in open, smooth terrain (expo
150 sure C) in the central United States.
Basic wind speed = 1 1 5 mph (5 1 m/s) based on wind load
This is discussed further in Chapter 6. determination of ASCE/SEI 7 using strength design. The
The bending moment obtained from the ACI 318 proce suction or pressure on the panel is calculated from Equation
dure will be greater than that from the Uniform Building 30.4-1 in ASCE/SEI 7-10 as
Code because ACI requires the application of the 0.75
stiffness reduction factor whereas Uniform Building Code
does not. This difference is partially offset in the Uniform
Building Code by the method of computing the maximum where the velocity pressure qz is determined by Eq. 30.3- 1 in
potential deflection based on moment M,, rather than �M,,. ASCE/SEI 7-10 as
3.7-Limitations on panel slenderness
ACI 318- 1 1, 14.8, does not provide a specific limit for
wall panel slenderness ratios. The strength design provisions where Kd = 0.85 for building components and cladding; Kz
are self-limiting, and arbitrary limits on panel structural = 0.98 for = 30 ft (9 m); K21 = 1 .0 for smooth terrain; and
z
thickness or maximum deflections due to factored loads are qz = 0.00256 0.98 1 .0 0.85 1 1 52 1 .0 = 28.2 lb/ft2
X X X X X
not required. There are, however, practical limits in height ( 1 .35 kPa)
to-thickness ratios for slender conoretewalls. The following
{+0.7 pressure} assuming 500

-0 . suctiOn
Joist load
GCP =
. fe (46 m2) effective area
8
where GCp;= ±0. 1 8; +?(pressure)= 28.2(0.7 + 0. 1 8)= 24.8 .r.. . .. ... ••

1b/ft2 (1.19 kPa); and -P(suction) = 28.2(0.8 + 0. 1 8) = 27.6
�
lb/ft2 (1.32 kPa).
Note that multiplying the resultant wind pressure using e/2
Design cross
strength design (for example, based on the wind speeds of section
ASCE/SEI 7) by 0.6 will be approximately equal to wind
pressures calculated by allowable stress design in previous
versions of ASCE/SEI 7 for non-hurricane-prone regions.
This conversion is not true in hurricane-prone regions, as
ASCE/SEI 7 adjusted wind speeds in these areas in addition
to the modification to strength design procedures. There fl2
fore, careful review of wind pressures in hurricane-prone
regions between newer and older versions of ASCE/SEI 7
is recommended.
4.1.2 Seismic loads-Seismic accelerations create an
inertial force that is modeled as a pressure for the design
of individual wall panels and based on ASCE/SEI 7. The
seismic design force required for parts of a building, such
l
>I
as tilt-up wall panels, is greater than that required for the Fig. 4. 2a-Distributed axial load.
overall building. This loading will sometimes exceed wind
pressure, particularly for thicker panels. Applicable building Beam load
standards should be consulted for the proper determination
of these forces, including any modifications or amendments
adopted by the authority having jurisdiction.
4.1.2.1 Example of seismic load determination-ASCEI
SEI 7-10, 12. 1 1 . 1 , provides the following relation for en
factored, lateral seismic forces on tilt-up wall panels: FP =
0.40 Ie Sos panel weight but not less than 10 percent of
x x x
the panel weight.

Given: 8 in. (200 mm) thick tilt-up wall panel
Ss= 0.75 Design
Site Class D en
section
fe = 1 .0
SMs =Fa Ss= 1.2 0.75 = 0.90
x x
Sos= 2/3 SMs= 2/3 0.90= 0.60

x x
FP= 0.40 1 .0 Sos panel weight = 0.40 0.60 100

x x x x x
lb/ft2 (4.8 kPa) 24 lb/ft2 (1.15 kPa)

=
4.1.3 Lateral earth pressures-Tilt-up panels have also

been used to resist lateral pressures due to soils. Active soil b d = design width
w
pressures plus surcharge effects can be significant, and the
required wall section is often much thicker and more heavily Fig. 4. 2b-Concentrated axial load.
reinforced than similar panels aboveground. Panel connec
tions, slabs-on-ground, and footings should be designed mended, provided the wind force on interior partitions in
to resist these lateral loads. Lateral deflections should be industrial building applications with large exterior overhead
limited to satisfy serviceability requirements. P-1'1 effects are door openings and seismic loads have been considered.
usually small, but should be checked.
4.1.4 Minimum lateral loads-Building codes typically
4.2-Axial loads
require the application of minimum lateral loads due to wind, Vertical loads from roof or floor members (Fig. 4.2a) can
seismic forces, or both, for the design of exterior walls and often be considered as uniformly distributed line loads for
cladding plus their associated connections. These are typically wall panel design. Load eccentricity should be based on the
in the order of at least 1 0 lb/ft2 (0.48 kPa) unfactored. Interior assumed bearing conditions and measured from the centroid
tilt-up walls should also be designed for a minimum lateral of the concrete cross section. A minimum axial load eccen
load. In the absence of a specific building code requirement, tricity of one half of the panel thickness is suggested.
an unfactored value of at least 5 lb/ft2 (0.24 kPa) is recom- Axial load eccentricities should not be used to reduce the
bending moment caUsed by wind or seismic lateral loads.
. .
Amencan Concrete Institute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
U= 1 .2D + 1 .6(L,. or S or R) + (1 .0L or 0.5 W) (9-3)

U = 1.2D + l .OW + l .OL + 0.5(L,. or S or R) (9-4)
U = 1 .2D + l .OE + l .OL + 0.2S (9-5)
2 L'l U = 0.9D + l .OW+ 1 .6H (9-6)
3
U= 0.9D + 1 .0£ + 1 .6H (9-7)
All of these load combinations should be checked for
slender wall design. The reader can observe the following
with respect to individual equations:
(a) Equation (9-1) does not generally govern in slender
wall design because it predominantly relates to structures
resisting fluid pressures.
(b) Equation (9-2) may control the design for walls
supporting dead and live loads in combination with lateral
soil pressures.
(c) Equation (9-3) could govern the design of walls
Fig. 4. 3-Panel self-weight. supporting large gravity loads.
(d) Equation (9-4) often controls the design of slender
Further, axial load should not be reduced due to wind uplift wall panels in low to moderate seismic locations.
on roof members. (e) Equation (9-5) could control the design for panels
Where large concentrated loads are supported directly on in high seismic areas, but results from Eq. (9-3) and (9-4)
the panel, the effective width bd of the design cross section should be compared to determine the controlling condition.
should be limited, as indicated in Fig. 4.2b. Extra reinforce (f) Equations (9-6) and (9-7) are intended for situations
ment, where required, should be concentrated in this area of where higher dead loads reduce the effects of other loads.
the panel. The maximum factored axial stress on the design They do not govern the design for most tilt-up panel appli
width b" is limited to 0.06fc'. cations, except for panel overturning calculations due to
in-plane lateral loads.
4.3-Panel self-weight
For the common load case of large bending moments due
The effect of panel self-weight should be considered to lateral forces combined with small axial loads, the crit
because it represents a significant contribution to P-11 ical section for bending will occur near panel midheight. As
moments in slender walls. It is sufficient to assume that the axial load and top end eccentricity increase, this point shifts
weight of the panel above the midheight section acts as an upward.
additional concentrated axial load with no eccentricity (that The wind load factor reflects the switch to strength-level
is, concentric to the panel centroid) applied at the midheight. (factored) loads in ASCE/SEI 7 as discussed in ACI 318- 1 1 ,
This is illustrated in Fig. 4.3 and by the following R9.2. 1(b). Use of service-level wind loads calculated from
derivation earlier versions of ASCE/SEI 7 is permitted by substituting
1 .6 Wand 0.8 Win the previous equations for 1 .0 Wand 0.5 W,
R 1
=R =--c2W3£c-I'.
2
respectively.
CHAPTER 5-MI N I M U M REINFORCEMENT
The midheight moment is 5.1 -General

Due to their segmented nature, experience has shown
that there are fewer problems associated with temperature
changes and concrete shrinkage in tilt-up panels than with
monolithic cast-in-place concrete structures. There are,
however, some design techniques that should be considered.
4.4-Load factors and combinations
Tilt-up panels are often cast and lifted into place within a
ACI 318-11 , 9 .2. 1 , specifies the following factored load period of 1 to 2 weeks, and may not have sufficient time to
combinations fully cure. If connections to the panels are made immedi
ately after panel erection, the restraint induced could cause a
U= 1 .4(D + F) (9-1) buildup of stresses in the concrete as it continues to undergo
drying shrinkage. Minimum horizontal reinforcement based
U = 1 .2(D + F + T) + 1 .6(L + H) + 0.5(L,. or S or R) (9-2) on 0.002Ag may be insufficient to limit cracking. For this
Provided by IHS under license with ACI
American Concrete I nstitute - Copytri!!l flt�.@1Ma@J'i�f""!Www.concrete.org OC I.1 -.
��
CC j.·
reason, the erector should delay the completion of connec of ACI 318-11, 1 1 .9.9, will govern over the minimum wall
tions as long as practical. Alternatively, increased reinforce reinforcement provisions of 14.3. ACI 318- 1 1 , 14.3 also
ment in the direction of restraint should be considered to addresses the number of layers of reinforcement required,
counter the stresses that could be caused by making connec transverse ties for vertical bars, and special reinforcement
tions early. required around openings.
Buildings with tilt-up panels have the advantage that each The minimum reinforcement for walls in ACI 318- 1 1 ,
joint can act as an expansion joint. It is possible to have 14.3.2 and 14.3.3 addresses shrinkage and temperature
continuous lengths of wall panels without any special provi reinforcement. Section 14.3 addresses all walls, including
sions for thermal expansion or shrinkage. Some designers, continuous cast-in-place walls. It is expected that the
however, may specify connections along the vertical joint of temperature and shrinkage requirements could be reduced
all panels, even if it is not justified by design analysis. This for walls with frequent joints, such as tilt-up walls that are
can result in excessive restraint and vertical cracking. not linked together in a way that causes restraint.
Variations in relative humidity or temperature between the Crack control in tilt-up panels is deemed to be satisfied
inside and outside panel faces can induce warping. These when the reinforcement is sufficient to satisfy the deflection
effects are usually small and can be accounted for in design limits of ACI 318-11, 14.8.4. Crack control can be particu
by including an initial deflection in the calculations larly important in tilt-up construction where the exterior
(Chapter 6). Panel warping due to temperature differentials faces of the panels are exposed to the elements or interior
can result in splitting ofthe caulk along the joint at intersecting faces to a corrosive environment. Note that the use of high
comers. A simple solution is to routinely connect the panels strength steel to reduce total reinforcement provided could
together at these comers by means of welded embedded metal effectively increase cracking.
connectors. The smaller, minimum reinforcement indicated in ACI
318- 1 1 , 16.4.2, is not recommended for tilt-up panels
5.2-ACI 3 1 8 provisions because tilt-up panels are generally wider than plant-cast,
If a tilt-up wall spans vertically, the horizontal reinforce precast panels and subject to more curing restraint.
ment could likely be governed by minimum shrinkage For seismic design, walls are classified as one of the
and temperature reinforcement. The designer is permitted following seismic-force-resisting systems:
to determine shrinkage and temperature requirements by (a) Ordinary structural walls (ACI 318- 1 1 , 1 1 .9.9; no
means of a thorough analysis of the structure. The minimum required provisions in Chapter 21)
wall reinforcement requirements need not be met if the (b) Intermediate precast walls (ACI 318- 1 1 , 2 1 .4)
structural analysis shows that the walls meet the require (c) Special structural walls (ACI 318- 1 1 , 2 1 .9)
ments of ACI 318- 1 1, 14.2.7. Designers pursuing this (d) Special structural walls constructed using precast
approach are cautioned to consider all load effects and concrete (ACI 318- 1 1 , 2 1 . 10)
boundary conditions as a function of time. While all the Intermediate precast structural walls are governed by
provisions for minimum reinforcement are important, only ACI 3 1 8-11, 2 1 .4. This system requires targeted yielding
minimum vertical and horizontal reinforcement provisions of components of the connections either between the wall
are discussed herein. panels, or between the wall panel and foundation. Wall piers
Tilt-up concrete construction is a unique form of precast in this system must be designed per the special structural
concrete (ACI 318- 1 1 , R16. 1 . 1). The general structural walls section (ACI 3 1 8-11, 2 1 . 9) or members not designated
integrity requirements ofACI 318-11, 7. 13.3, reference 16.5 as part of the seismic-force-resisting system (ACI 318- 1 1 ,
for precast concrete. There are several integrity provisions 21. 13).
in ACI 318- 1 1 , 16.5 that apply to tilt-up walls and their Special structural walls constructed using precast concrete
connections. are governed by ACI 318- 1 1 , 2 1 . 1 0, which refers to 2 1 .9 for
If a wall resists in-plane shear force, and factored shear the design of special structural walls. There are other special
exceeds one-half concrete shear design resistance, hori reinforcing requirements for wall boundary elements (ACI
zontal and vertical shear reinforcement should be provided 318- 1 1 , 2 1 .9.6), coupling beams (ACI 318- 1 1 , 2 1 .9.7), and
(ACI 318- 1 1 , 1 1 .9.9). For relatively short walls with a low piers (ACI 318- 1 1 , 2 1 .9 .8). A careful review of all of these
height-to-length ratio, the amount of vertical shear rein provisions for ACI 318-11, 2 1 .9 and 2 1 . 1 0, is warranted.
forcement will exceed the horizontal shear reinforcement.
For relatively tall walls or walls with a high height-to-length CHAPTER 6-CONTROL OF DEFLECTIONS
ratio, the amount of horizontal shear reinforcement will Limitations on lateral or out-of-plane deflections for
exceed the vertical shear reinforcement. If shear reinforce slender walls have traditionally been a concern of building
ment is required, ACI 318- 1 1 , 1 1 .4.5 and 1 1 .4.6, provide officials and code committees, not only because of the
minimum limits on steel area and spacing for both horizontal increased bending moments due to P-l'l effects, but also the
and vertical shear reinforcement. potential for long-term bowing of these elements. Experi
Tilt-up walls, therefore, can be subject to the minimum ence in actual buildings, however, suggests that long-term
vertical and horizontal reinforcement provisions of ACI deflections have not been a serious problem. This is likely
31 8-1 1 , 14.3. Note that if the wall requires in-plane shear due to the fact that the lateral forces that cause bending
reintorcement, the minimum shear reinforcement provisions in panels are largely transient, and that the effect of axial
load and self-weight allow the concrete to perform as an 5McJ ! c2

uncracked section under design wind forces. In the case of f1cr 48EJg (14-1 0)
small axial load combined with large cyclic force due to
seismic excitation, full-scale tests on slender walls did not
show gross instability (SEAOSC 1982). 5M R 2
!1 , ___
,, _c
_
(14- 1 1 )
6.1 -Creep and i n itial deflections
48EJcr
Initial panel deflections, or out-of-straightness, could
be the result of uneven casting beds, excessive bending fer shall be calculated by Eq. (14-7), and Ma shall be
caused by the tilting process, thermal gradients, or uneven obtained by iteration of deflections.
shrinkage. Sustained loads can cause additional deflections
and P-!1 effects. This is represented by the fact that the axial As stated in ACI 318- 1 1 , R14.8.4, the original test data on
resistance of a member, based on stability, reduces nonlin slender walls (SEAOSC 1982) was reevaluated, noting that
early as initial deformation is increased. For example, initial out-of-plane deflections increase rapidly when the service
deformations on a slender wall result in P-!1 moments that load moment exceeds two-thirds of the cracking moment.
can have a significant effect on the remaining axial carrying To simplify the application to slender wall design, a linear
capacity of the wall. Initial deformations within the toler interpolation between the deflection at the cracking moment
ance limits of ACI 1 17 can be ignored for the purposes of and deflection at the nominal moment is permitted.
design.
6.1.1 Construction tolerances and contributing factors 6.3-Deflection l i mits
to out-o.fplane initial deformations-ACI 1 1 7 permits for One purpose of out-of-plane deflection limits for tilt-up
panel height divided by 360, but not to exceed 1 in. (25 mm), walls is to avoid excessive elastic deformation due to
maximum deformation due to initial bow or warping. Any permanent loads and residual deformation due to an
initial panel bow can be exacerbated by unbalanced dead inelastic response. Tests of full-scale wall panels indicate
load on the resisting section. Examples include reveals, that when wall panels are subjected to small axial load and
bump-outs, or eccentrically applied dead loads. The same large lateral force, such as wind or seismic, out-of-plane
is true for unbalanced resistance on the wall cross section. deflection increased rapidly when the induced moment
Examples include a single layer of reinforcement not placed exceeded 2/3Mcr (SEAOSC 1982). A permanent deflection
at midthickness, two layers not symmetrically placed about creates eccentricity for axial force to generate P-!1 moment.
the centroid, or two layers with unequal bar sizes or spac Deflection in excess of elastic limits will result in the struc
ings. Variations in the panel thickness along the height of ture remaining deformed, even when loads are removed.
the wall, creep and shrinkage, and temperature differential Depending on magnitude, a one-time residual deformation
between interior and exterior faces of panels are additional could be a problem. Loads of a similar magnitude repeatedly
sources of panel bow. applied will accumulate deformations, possibly leading to
adverse effects including, but not limited to, collapse.
6.2-Deflection calculations In addition to the effect deflection has on the structure,
ACI 318- 1 1 , 14.8.4, provides a limit for out-of-plane deflection limits are desirable to avoid damage to nonstruc
deflections of walls at service-load levels, including P-!1 tural components such as a brick fa9ade, curtainwall,
effects, of £j1 50. The midheight deflection l1s shall be deter drywall, and interior non-load-bearing walls. In this case,
mined as follows: consider whether deflection occurs before or after nonstruc
tural components are installed. For example, immediate
IfMa, which is the maximum moment at midheight ofwall deflection due to eccentric dead load of the structure will not
c
due to service lateral and eccentric vertical loads, including
P-!1 effects, exceeds (2/3)M r , l1s shall be calculated by
cause a problem for a brick veneer installed after the deflec
tion occurs. The deflection cannot be so substantial that the
nonstructural component cannot be installed. Deflection
/1 = � /1 + (Ma - (2 / 3)Mc,. ) ( - (2 / 3) /1
after nonstructural components are installed will usually be
) (14-8) the primary concern. These include, but are not limited to,
3s
(M, - (2 / 3)Mc,. ) f1
Cl " Cl
cracking of brick and drywall, water intrusion through the
fa9ade, and severe deformation or buckling of interior non
If Ma does not exceed (2/3)Mcn l1s shall be calculated load-bearing walls.
( )
The out-of-plane deflection limits recommended in
Ma /1 various sources are listed in the following. Total deflection
f1s - M cr (14-9) must include the P-!1 effect.
cr (a) Total deflection: L/100 (SEAOSC 1982)
(b) Total deflection with wind: L/240 (Griffis 1993)-out
where of-plane deflection of an uncovered tilt-up panel only
(c) Total deflection: L/150 (International Code Council
1997; ACI 318)
The following deflection limits are recommended to avoid b

residual deformations and negative effects on nonstructural br br
components, respectively:
bd = 1 2 h bd = 1 h
rt
(a) Total deflection with wind: L/1 50 to L/240 (designer bd = l ' h
max max max
discretion to increase limit based on type of veneer and
sensitive nonstructural components as appropriate)
(b) Total deflection with seismic: L/150
The following service load combinations for checking
deflection are recommended:
a) Wind effects-Use the ASCE/SEI 7 wind speed map
according to the proper importance category for the structure
and the selected mean recurrence interval (MRI). For typical
structures, a 50-year MRI is common among practicing
engineers, but a I 0-year MRI may be warranted for service
ability checks after the engineer and building owner review
X
all the considerations and risks associated with this lower �
level of wind. The commentary to ASCE/SEI 7, Appendix C
provides a good discussion on this topic. b1 = tributary width
bd des1gn w1dth
=
Typical
design stnp )
h = panel thickness
D + 0.5L + Wa
Fig. 7. 2a-Design strips at openings.
b) Seismic effects
7.2-Panels with ope n i ngs
D + 0.5L + 0.7E The effect of openings for out-of-plane bending in tilt-up
panels can be approximated by a simple, one-dimensional
where E is a strength level force as calculated by ASCE/SEI strip analysis that provides accuracy and economy for most
7 (refer to ACI 318- 1 1 , R14.8.4) and service moments are designs.
calculated with P-f,. effects. Where openings occur, the entire lateral and axial load,
including self-weight above the critical section, is distrib
CHAPTER 7-PANEL DESIGN PROCEDURES uted to supporting legs or design strips at each side of the
This section covers several common design conditions opening (Fig. 7.2a). The effective width of the strip should
for vertical and transverse loading that could occur in tilt-up be limited to approximately 12 times the panel thickness
panels. Computer spreadsheet programs greatly simplify the to avoid localized stress concentrations along the edge of
design procedure. Design examples in Appendix B provide a the opening. This limit is not mandated by ACI 318, but is
breakdown of the analysis for panels, including comparisons included in this document as a practical guideline where the
with single and double mats of reinforcement. opening width is less than one-half the clear vertical span. In
most cases, the tributary width for loads can be taken as the
7. 1 -Solid panels without openings width of the strip plus one-half the width of adjacent open
The procedure for designing tilt-up panels involves a ings. The design strip should have constant properties full
combination oftrial-and-error and experience. The following height and the reinforcement should not be cut offjust above
steps are typically involved: or below the opening.
(a) Determine panel geometry, including height, width, Thickened vertical or horizontal sections can be provided
openings, and recesses. with the panel where openings are large or where there are
(b) Define applied loading conditions, including axial load deep recesses on the exterior face (Fig. 7 .2b). Some condi
and out-of-plane lateral load. tions may require ties around all vertical reinforcement bars
(c) Start with an assumed panel thickness. For plain in a vertical pilaster for the full height of the panel.
panels, the suggested minimum thickness should be l/50
where a single layer of reinforcement is desired, or l/65 for 7.3-Concentrated axial loads
a double layer. The effect of a concentrated axial load, such as the reaction
(d) Select a starting area of reinforcement and analyze the from a roof or floor girder connected directly to the panel,
panel for each load combination. was introduced in 4.2. The two most important consider
(e) Adjust the panel thickness or reinforcement until an ations for design are:
optimum design is obtained to satisfy all load conditions and 1) To ensure that the connection is capable of distributing
code requirements; check service load deflections and adjust the shear and bending forces into the localized area of the
panel thickness or reinforcement as required. panel (Fig. 4.2b)
2) To provide sufficient capacity over a defined vertical
design strip, bd, in the panel
Roof
Header beam
over opening
Pilaster at edge
of opening
Floor
w w
Load Moment Deflection

Fig. 7. 2b-Stiffening header and pilasters. diagram diagram
Fig. 7.4-Suspended canopy on panel.
Roof
(a) Suspended elements, such as canopies, as shown in
1\_ Beam supported
on pilaster
Fig. 7.4
(b) End reactions from header beams over wide panel
openings
(c) Lateral wind or seismic forces from intermediate roofs
or floors where independent lateral-force-resisting systems
have not otherwise been provided
The effect of these loads can be included in the analysis by
superimposing the moment directly with the other primary
bending moments. This is a simplistic approach that may
be too conservative, as the algebraic sum of the maximum
Floor moments does not consider direction of the applied load(s).
The designer may consider a more rigorous analysis of the
panel to determine the correct combination of moments to
Fig. 7. 3-Pilaster supporting beam load. include for reinforcement analysis.
7.4.1
Where loads are very large, which is greater than 0. 1 Ofc'bdh, Example: Canopy supported on panel
consider pilasters as shown in Fig. 7.3. These provide greater W = canopy load
bearing area at the connection and increase the stiffness for R1 = end reaction = Wxl2lc = R2
out-of-plane bending. Consider increased local stiffness in H = horizontal line load = Wx/2b
the distribution of applied lateral loads. where the horizontal load is a point load, the effective panel
Provide ties around the vertical reinforcement in accor design width should be limited to no more than 12 times the
dance with requirements of ACI 318-1 1 , Chapter 7. Axial panel thickness at the application point, and the load should
stress from beams, however, is usually concentrated at the be distributed evenly across this width. Additional reinforce
point of bearing and quickly dissipates into the panel such ment could be required in this localized area.
that ties may not be required for the full height. ACI 318
does not mandate how the load should be distributed, so 7.5-M u ltiple spans and effects of contin uity
the designer has a choice if a member has to be consid Most tilt-up panels are designed as simply supported
ered a column and, therefore, subject to the requirement for vertical members spanning between the footing and roof
confinement ties. ACI 318- 1 1 , 14.3.6, provides guidance on structure. Where a panel is connected to both floor slab and
tie requirements specifically for wall applications. the footing (Fig. 7.5), a degree of panel continuity can be
Often, overall panel design is controlled by flexural considered. A panel could also be laterally supported by an
tension in vertical reinforcement rather than compression, intermediate floor, resulting in negative bending at interme
and ties are not necessary. Ties within 12 in. (305 mm) of the diate supports and a reduction of positive bending between
point of bearing are recommended to ensure the axial load is supports.
distributed into the panel. It is difficult to properly analyze this condition and, at
best, only approximate methods are practical. Some analysis
7.4-Concentrated lateral loads
problems and limitations include:
Concentrated lateral loads can occur due to: 1) Lateral deflection at supports, particularly at flexible
roof diaphragms, will affect final results
. .
Provided by IHS under license with ACI Amencan Concrete I nstitute - Copytri!!l flt�.@'Ma@I'i�f""!Www.concrete.org
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from tHS
Joist load
p �
Design
strip
Critical
cross
section
w
Fig. 7. 6-Isolated foundation.
Primary Secondary the provisions are generally based on the slender wall tests
moment moment conducted in the 1980s (SEAOC 1982). This applies to panels
8 = moment magnifier
designed in accordance with ACI 318-11, 14.8 only, and does
not mean that effects of end fixity or panel continuity cannot
Fig. 7. 5-Panel continuity atfloor slab. be considered when using other accepted design methods,
including ACI 318- 1 1, Chapter 10 provisions. Although this
2) Effects of loading due to soil pressure below the floor lack of correlation is an apparent restriction to the ACI 318-1 1 ,
slab may be significant 14.8 method, the use of reduced effective length (span) is an
3) Lateral wind or seismic forces from intermediate floor appropriate interpretation for design of tilt-up wall panels
or roof structures may exist when used within the recommendations of this guide.
4) Lateral restraints provided by footings are questionable
such that full end fixity might not be fully realized 7.6-lsolated footings or pier foundations
5) P-f:J. calculations for statically indeterminate elements In some geographical areas, soil conditions or frost depth
should be obtained by an iterative technique practical only requirements dictate the use of pier foundations. For convenience
with computer analysis and economy, piers are often located at the panel joints only. This
Because of these concerns, it is best to be conservative concentrates vertical stresses at the panel edges. Using pier foun
in the design approach. One technique involves using a dations does not negate the requirement to protect the bottom of
reduced effective panel height coefficient k. A value of k the panel from ground upheaval due to frost.
= 0.8 is suitable for a flexural elastic member fixed at one Vertical load should effectively be concentrated at support
end and pinned at the other. Conversely, a flexural elastic piers or pad footings, as indicated in Fig. 7.6. In conditions
member pinned at each end has a value of k= 1 .0. Because where clear panel height is greater than approximately one
concrete stiffness is not uniform and the lower end of a and-a-half times the clear distance between footings, the
panel is seldom completely fixed, a value of k= 0.9 might be effect of isolated footings can usually be ignored for vertical
appropriate for the panel design with continuity. reinforcement design.
An alternative method is based on the assumption that Depending on the length of pier cap and effective bearing
the initial positive midheight moment and negative support area at the bottom of the panel, additional hooked reinforce
moment increase proportionally by the same amount when ment or confining ties could be required to prevent localized
considering P-f:J. magnifications. Primary moments are shear or bearing failure.
calculated by conventional elastic methods. Both positive In most cases, there is continuous lateral support provided
and negative moments can then be increased proportionally at the top by the roof deck and at the bottom by ties to the
by the P-f:J. moment magnifier. Only this method is illustrated floor slab. Where this occurs, lateral loads can therefore be
in the design examples of Appendix B. uniformly distributed across the width of the panel.
The designer should be aware that there might be a tempo Where panels contain multiple openings across the width,
rary condition during construction where lateral support the exterior legs that are supported on isolated footings should
at the intermediate floor slab is absent. This will increase be designed to resist all the axial loads, whereas intermediate
the unsupported height of the panel and, therefore, could legs may be designed to resist tributary lateral loads only.
become the controlling design condition. Do not assume that Panels should be designed as deep beams spanning between
this will be automatically addressed by those responsible for piers with appropriate horizontal ties along the bottom.
tilt-up panel lifting and bracing.
In ACI 318-1 1, 14.8.2. 1, states that, "The wall panel shall
be designed as . . . simply supported. . . at midspan" because
c 1 1 5990390
·
��c:d by� omt

A n Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb
� American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMatel'llfl'Uli'II\JW'N�ncrete.org

p
No reproduction or
e with ACI
. .
or mg perm1tted Without license from IHS
w .(2
M = ,
ua
2
7(---.A fri M - M + Wet-,.

u 3
- M + w;, M, /· c 2
ua
t-,.
3
M, f!. c 2
ua
M,
4£/
= =
4EI Kb
4EI
Kb = --
(2
Fixed
. base
� The maximum moment can now be written as
M
Fig. 7. 7a-Cantilever panel.
�I
�I where 0.75 is included as a stiffness reduction factor.
2 The dynamic effects of wind buffeting or seismic accel
erations might temporarily increase cantilever deflection
+--- because there may be little structural damping. This should
be considered when selecting design forces.
Where the cantilever is a high parapet, a more detaih;d
analysis may be required. As illustrated in Fig. 7.7b, rota
tion of the panel section at the roof connection can increase
Roof deflection and the associated P-f,. effects. ·.
CHAPTER 8-IN-PLANE SH EAR

Design procedures for in-plane shear forces are distinctly
different from methods used in design for out-of-plane
bending. Forces from the roof or floor diaphragms acting
parallel to the plane of the wall induce shear stresses and
overturning moments in the panels (Fig. 8). In seismic areas
and regions with high wind, in-plane shear requirements
may control panel thickness and reinforcement design.
The design considerations for tilt-up panels subjected to
Floor in-plane forces include:
(a) Resistance to panel overturning
In-plane shear from
roof or floor diaphragm
Fig. 7. 7b-Panel with parapet. ____::..
7.7-Cantilever panels 1 � 1 � 1 �
Tilt-up panels are sometimes required to function as Panel shear
vertical cantilevers. Typical examples include freestanding
signs and screen walls, or parapets above the roof of a
building (refer to Fig. 7.7a and 7.7b). When the cantilever is
1 � 1 � + 1 �
Panel
high, P-f,. effects will increase the bending moments on the weight
panel. A simple but conservative way to analyze a fixed-end 1 � 1 �
cantilever panel is to assume a simply supported panel with "---
a height two times the cantilever height.

The more correct method of analysis for a fixed base Resisting force Panel-to-panel
cantilever is at foundations shea r force
Fig. 8-In-plane shear forces.

(b) Resistance to sliding 8.1 -Resistance to panel overturning

(c) Concrete shear resistance When roof and floor diaphragm forces are applied parallel
(d) Increased axial forces on portions of the panel to the plane of the wall panels, overturning moments and
(e) Load distribution to foundations in-plane shears are induced. Overturning moments are
(f) Frame action in panels with openings usually taken near an outside corner of the panel. Resis
(g) Seismic ductility tance to overturning is obtained from a combination of panel
In regions of low seismicity (Seismic Design Categories weight, tributary roof or floor loads, panel edge connectors,
[SDC] A and B), wind most likely controls the lateral anal and tie-down anchors to the foundations. The actual point
ysis, and a target failure mode is not required. In regions of of rotation will be close to the outside corner of the panel,
moderate and high seismicity (SDC C, D, E and F), a ductile at the center of the bearing area between the panel and the
failure mode is desired with overstrength to guard against footing. In most cases, assume that the width of bearing is
brittle failure modes. Energy dissipation can be accom zero. Footing pressures beneath the footing and the footing
plished through repeated inelastic deformations or rocking. design capacity should be checked for this concentration of
For wall panel in-plane shear, the applicable code sections force.
in ACI 318- 1 1 are 1 1 .9.9 (SDC A, B), 21.4 (SDC C), or 21.9 For the panel shown in Fig. 8. 1a, the overturning equation
and 2 1 . 1 0 (SDC D, E, F). in a seismic event is written as:
Other situations where inelastic deformations could occur Factored overturning moment Mo :S resisting moment MR
include extreme events, such as blast design, and in shelters,
like those for tornados and hurricanes, which are designed
as areas of refuge.
where the resisting moment is given by
Roof
...
Vroof All applied shear forces contributing to overturning are
factored. Forces and weights that resist overturning should
be reduced in accordance with load combination factors in
ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 9.2, which is outlined in 4.4 of this guide. No
additional safety factor is required. Where there is insuffi
Vjloor 2nd floor cient overturning capacity, edge connections to an adjacent
... panel or tie-down anchors to the foundation can be added
it...
until the overturning equation is satisfied (Fig. 8.1 b).
e mof ,
C of G Depending on the requirements of the seismic-resisting
system, connections to the foundation for resisting over
Wpanel turning may need to consider ductility requirements in
eJl, or
accordance with ACI 318- 1 1 , 2 1 .4 or 2 1 . 1 0.
epanel This additional moment resistance could be limited by
VR main Main floor
the weight of the foundation or adjacent panel. Founda
1
emain
tions should be checked to ensure that the footing capacity
or the soil-resisting pressure is not exceeded. The geotech
l Foundation nical engineer should be consulted for allowable increases in
---- � �I' bearing pressure due to wind and seismic forces .
....
VR an 8.2-Resistance to sliding
Resistance to sliding forces can be obtained by a combina
tion of friction between the bottom of panel and the footing,
and connections to the floor slab or foundation (ACI 318- 1 1 ,
Fig. 8. 1a-Panel overturning resistance.
In-plane shear from
roof or floor diaphragm
Panel-to-slab Panel-to-panel
connector shear connector
Fig. 8. 1 b-Typical shear wall with connections to adjacent panels and foundations.
Provided by I o�
m t e with ACI
No reproduction or
16.5.1 .3). The coefficient of friction for factored sliding ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 1 1 .9 .4 requires the value of d to be taken as
resistance between the panel bottom and the footing can 0.8 times the overall width of the panel when computing the
usually be taken as 0.6. Supplemental positive connections average shear for a typical, rectangular panel.
between the panel and footing or floor slab include cast-in
place reinforcement dowels or welded connections. 8.4-Seismic ductility
Where panels are subjected to seismic shear forces, the Lateral design forces specified in various codes for build
contribution of friction resistance may not be permitted by ings located in seismic areas represent only a portion of the
some building codes. In addition, connections between the total energy imparted to the structure. Primary lateral-load
panel and floor slab or footing is a compulsory requirement resisting elements need to resist overstress and deformation
in many building codes, particularly for seismic forces. without total structural failure, and they need to contain
Friction between the footing or floor slab and the soil, or mechanisms capable of absorbing seismic energy-a prop
passive soil resistance, should also be checked. The geotech erty known as seismic ductility.
nical engineer should be consulted for assistance. A large percentage of tilt-up buildings consist of perim
eter load-bearing shear walls with horizontal roof and floor
8.3-Concrete shear resistance diaphragms. Where a wall line consists primarily of rectan
Requirements for shear resistance of the concrete section gular panels with no openings, it will be stiff and may be
are covered in ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , Chapters 1 1 and 2 1 . ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , capable of resisting more than the specified code forces such
1 1 .4.6. 1 states that minimum shear reinforcement must be that yielding of the panel reinforcement is unlikely to occur.
provided when Some limited ductility can be achieved by tie-down anchors
to the foundation at the base of the panel or connectors along
Jl;, > 0.5<1>Vc the panel edges if required. The effectiveness of these devices
for energy absorption may be limited depending on their
where Vc 2Jl!b,d (in.-lb) [Vc 0. 1 7 Jl!b,d (SI)].
= = detailing. The precast seismic structural systems (PRESSS)
The minimum area of shear reinforcement is given by testing program (SESOC 2000) developed ductile connec
tions for traditional style precast structures. Information
Av,min = 0.75Jl! b..,S (in.-lb) learned in the PRESSS program may be applied to tilt-up
J:yl concrete structures at the engineer's judgment.
Where seismic ductility within the panel cannot be
= 0.62 '\}'J:' b s (SI) provided, concrete shear resistance in these components
Av,mm .
J J:,
c
yl should be sufficient to resist the full elastic earthquake force
to ensure that shear failure does not occur. Base shear equa
For/y = 60,000 psi (4 14 MPa), tions in ASCE/SEI 7 reflect the inherent ductility provided
by various concrete shear wall systems by increasing or
Ag = b,vS decreasing the response modification coefficient R. In areas
of higher seismicity, tilt-up shear walls are typically classi
Av = ____2Q_ Ag = 0.000833Ag fied as intermediate precast structural walls or special struc
60, 000 tural walls. Intermediate systems are assumed to behave with
less ductility than special systems and, therefore, are subject
This is always less than the minimum requirements for to higher design forces. In addition, ASCE/SEI 7 limits the
temperature and shrinkage reinforcement specified for walls maximum height of buildings using intermediate precast
in ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 14.3.2 and 1 4.3.3. concrete structural walls. ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , Chapter 2 1 provides
ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 2 1 .9.2. 1 , provides requirements for minimum commentary on the use of various concrete structural walls
shear reinforcement in special structural walls subject to with consideration for their different levels of ductility.
seismic forces. Generally, the reinforcement ratio should not Design for in-plane shear in wall panels is further compli
be less than 0.0025Ag, but the minimum requirements listed cated by establishing the design base shear; a large flex
in Chapter 5 of this guide should be carefully reviewed for ible roof diaphragm and stiff walls affect the fundamental
any additional reinforcement needed. building period that determines the base shear of the
Where factored shear force v;, exceeds concrete shear building. Apply the provisions of ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 1 1 .9 and 2 1 .4
strength Vc, minimum shear reinforcement according to for in-plane forces in tilt-up panels.
ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , Chapter 1 1 should be provided to satisfy
8.5-ln-plane frame design
(1 1-1) The trend in tilt-up buildings is for an increasingly higher
percentage of openings in the panels. This is particularly
( 1 1 -2) true for retail, office, and other commercial buildings. Rela
tive stiffuess of these panels may be much smaller than for
solid panels, and it is becoming necessary to design these
v
s
= AJY, d ( 1 1 - 1 5) as frames rather than as solid shear wall elements. ACI 3 1 8
s gives ]ittl(! pr(:s��iptiv.e guidance in classifying whether
Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb
American Concrete I nstitute - Copytri!!l flt�.@1Ma@l'i�f""!Www.concrete.org
5990390
CaCiJ
narrow wall segments are better judged as frames or shear �r,,_ �r2yb �r,_
walls. The aspect ratio of wall piers should be close to the 'I, 'II,
aspect ratios prescribed in ACI 318- 1 1 , 21.5.1 and 2 1 .6. 1 in � I'
the design of wall frames. For special structural walls, the
�F�yo �Fbo
International Building Code (International Code Council
2012) and ASCE/SEI 7 provide guidance on classifying �Fiye
...,
' " "
'
narrow wall segments as either frame-like columns or
wall piers. Wall piers can be viewed as a transitional shear
wall element between a traditional shear wall and a frame I I s
column. Wall segments created between openings and panel

joints are judged considering their height-to-length ratio and ' "' -lie T'''
their length-to-thickness ratio. As wall segments become GLOBAL FORCE AND REACTIONS
more square in cross section or taller and more slender in
profile, they behave more as frame elements instead of stiff
shear walls. As wall segments behave more frame-like, flex
ural ductility becomes more important, and the added provi
sions of the International Building Code (International Code
Council 2012); ASCE/SEI 7; and ACI 318-11, Chapter 2 1
address this issue.
Wall piers within special structural walls are designed and
detailed to encourage flexural failure before shear failure.
Horizontal shear reinforcement within the wall piers are
required to be hooked, closely spaced, and in sufficient
quantity to fully develop the maximum probable moment LOCAL FREE -BODY DIAGRAMS
MP,. at the top and bottom of the wall segment. The intent is
to provide a more ductile failure mode by forcing the flexural Fig. 8. 6-Free-body diagrams for traditional elastic theory
reinforcement to elongate and yield before a brittle concrete connections.
shear failure mode occurs. Shear wall lines where wall pier
elements are resisting less than one-sixth of the wall line of internal stresses and forces by avoiding brittle failure
force may neglect the wall pier detailing requirements. modes. Common brittle failures in steel-to-concrete connec
Frame-columns within special structural walls are tions include concrete breakout in tension and shear, pullout,
primarily flexural elements and are subjected to the detailing pryout, and side-face blowout. Brittle steel failure modes
requirements of ACI 318-1 1, 2 1 .5 or 2 1 .6, depending on the include tension and shear rupture, buckling, and weld fracture.
level of axial load. These sections contain special confine
ment reinforcement provisions to increase flexural ductility. CHAPTER 9-CONN ECTIONS FOR TILT-U P
Often, tilt-up panel configurations contain isolated wall PANELS
segments that could be classified as frame-columns due to Connections should be designed to resist forces equal to or
their dimensional characteristics, yet are contributing little greater than the maximum load imposed on the panel compo
to the overall seismic resistance of the wall line. In these nent and designed in accordance with the provisions of ACI
situations, any contribution that a frame-column provides 31 8-1 1 , Appendix D for concrete anchorage and AISC 360
can be ignored at the licensed design professional's discre for steel component design. Connections for panels designed
tion, if the column is not necessary for gravity support of the to resist seismic forces may have more stringent ductility
wall, or the design complies with ACI 31 8-1 1, 2 1 . 13. requirements required by building codes; all load combina
tions should be checked for the controlling forces in connec
8.6-Lateral analysis of wall panels l i n ked in-plane
tion design.
Assumed panel-to-panel transfer mechanisms affect
how connections are designed and the extent of deforma 9.1 -Connection types
tion required to activate the assumed mechanism. There are There are three main types of connections used for tilt-up
several ways in which load is assumed to transfer between panels:
linked panels, four models of which are: 1 ) Cast-in-place
I ) Traditional elastic theory 2) Welded embedded metal
2) Shear-only 3) Post-installed anchors
9 . 1 . 1 Cast-in-place concrete-These connections involve
3) General inelastic
4) Strut-and-tie casting concrete around steel reinforcement projecting from
In each case, equilibrium and ductility are the most impor the panel to tie into an adjacent panel or another building
tant factors to satisfy in the connection design. A sample component. These are often very strong and can be used to
of the calculations associated with achieving equilibrium distribute loads over a considerable length. Good ductility
is shown in Fig. 8.6. Ductility permits the redistribution can be achieved if the overlapping bars are confined by
. Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb
Amencan Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
5990390
Cast-in-place Embed angle

infill section with studs
Extend panel Potential
reinforcing bar crack
into connection
•
0 •
•.
il
Fig. 9. 1.2a-Edge connector with studs.
�
Fig. 9. 1 . 1 a-Cast-in-place infill panel.
Chamfer Extend reinforcing

on outs;d bar into pilaster
ae
f c • •
., • 0
•
• '<;) •
(J .
•
•
Q
• "" •
Cast-in-place
pilaster with
ties
• Q..
.,
•
•
Solid bar
welded to
embed angle
� .
A� gle �lth
remforcmg bar
anchor
Fig. 9. 1 . 1 b-Cast-in-place pilaster.
Hooked
dowel Fig. 9. 1.2b-Edge connector with reinforcing bar.
Floor slab infill
after panel
Exterior installation ' .
. '
grade o •
, · <J
Exterior
grade
"" . . .
connection
. "' \J • •
<J
..
Strip footing
Fig. 9. 1 . 1 c-Floor slab infill.
Strip footing
Closed ties. Cast-in-place connections are used infrequently Fig. 9. 1.2c- Welded connection to floor slab.
because they are usually more expensive than other connec
tions. They could also cause problems, such as panel short-length headed studs located at the panel edge should be
cracking resulting from concrete shrinkage and excessive avoided unless supplemented with reinforcing steel. Some
restraint. Figures 9. l . la through 9. l . lc show common cast times, the concrete shrinkage or thermal effects that occur in
in-place connections used in tilt-up structures. the panels after they are welded result in a buildup of stresses
·9.1.2 Welded embedded metal-Welded embedded in and around the connection. Brittle connections, such as
metal is the connection preferred by most designers and shear plates with short studs, can fail completely, as illustrated
builders due to relative cost and construction flexibility in in Fig. 9 . 1 .2a. Figures 9 . 1 .2a through 9 . 1 .2h illustrate typical
various applications. Strength and ductility vary consider examples of welded connections used for tilt-up panels.
ably, depending on embedment length and anchor config 9. 1 .3 Post-installed anchors-Expansion and adhesive
uration. Steel plates with studs are suitable for shear and anchors are used extensively in tilt-up construction. Post
tension forces as long as they are located well away from installed anchors are often used where the cast-in anchor
panel edges, which is generally 12 in. (305 mm) or more. may have been omitted or misaligned. Expansion anchors
Where there is insufficient embedment, connectors will fail can have problems with premature failure in thin panel
in a brittle (nonductile) manner. Steel angles or plates with sections, particularly where edge distance is inadequate.
:._.._______ Property
line
Embed
plate
. .
� ·
.·•
Reinforcing
bar tie to slab
� Continuous Fig. 9. 1. 2g-Edge angle connection.

....__
_ --=-
/
----, L-footing
Embed
plate
Fig. 9. 1. 2d-Panel on "L "flooring.

Steel
beam
Embed
plate
Shear plate
field welded to
p. '
• c
. .
embed plate
Fig. 9. 1. 2h-Beam connection plate.

Angle seat several types of post-installed anchors can be obtained from
field welded to ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, Appendix D, in combination with ICC-ES
embed plate Evaluation Reports for the specific anchor product being
specified.
Fig. 9. 1. 2e-Angle seat for steel roofjoist.
9.2-Design considerations
Explicit analysis and design of cast-in-place concrete
joints is not commonly considered in tilt-up construction,
Embed unless special seismic provisions are required for spandrel
plate to-pier joints, wall-to-foundation joints, wall-to-slab joints,
or wall-to-wall joints. Refer to ACI 3 18-1 1 , Chapter 2 1 for
.
"
.
seismic design requirements. In a low or moderate seismic
Angle tie region where special detailing is not required, use sound
•p .c
•
concrete detailing practices:
. . struts
(a) To account for reinforcement geometry in placement
and fit for design and constructability, such as concrete
Steel
covers, bar widths, bend radii, and hierarchy of layers of
�-� j oist reinforcement.
(b) To provide adequate cover and spacing of reinforce
ment to avoid concrete consolidation issues, reduce corro
sion, and improve anchorage of reinforcement.
Fig. 9. 1.2/-Edge angle with tie strut. (c) To provide adequate development of reinforcement
Powder-driven fasteners or drive pins may be used for based on the seismic design category: standard straight and
light architectural components or for connections to light hooked bar development and splice lengths per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,
gauge steel stud framing. The design for connections using Chapter 1 2 seismic str:;�igbt and hooked bar development
m:
and splice lengths per ACI 3 1 8-11, Chapter 2 1 .

Provided by I m t e with ACI
o� American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
No reproduction or
(d) To confine concrete-for example, closely spaced stir (e) Moment and magnified axial load due to unaccounted
rups and ties-where substantial yielding of reinforcement for eccentricities
is expected. 9.2.1 MagnifYing effect ofcantilever action-The designer
Steel anchorage to concrete is often the source of construc should anticipate conditions where an eccentric force could
tion and performance issues. This class of connections is cause an unintended moment, or a moment must be resisted
relatively sensitive to proper detailing and construction, by a small distance between forces in a force couple. Real
where a shortcoming in either can disproportionately reduce istic construction eccentricities in the design of anchor
the connection capacity. There are several nonductile failure ages should also be considered. Eccentricities create prying
modes in anchorage-to-concrete, and nonductile failure actions that magnify loads on individual anchors, rows of
modes are not forgiving to unexpected load actions. An anchors, and reinforcement. A small eccentricity of a force
unexpected load action or magnitude of load can suddenly can cause a significant load increase on an anchorage if that
fail the connection without the ability for redistribution, force had been considered perfectly aligned in design. These
leaving it with little or no residual capacity. Engineers unexpected loads can cause premature failures in anchor
should carefully consider critical connections, particularly ages. A minimum eccentricity of 1 in. (25 mm) is recom
where there is little or no redundancy and the consequences mended based on construction tolerances for tilt-up panels
of failure are significant. Refer to ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , Appendix D, found in most project specifications.
for anchorage-to-concrete design provisions. 9.2.2 Reinforcement limitations-Anchor reinforcement
In tilt-up concrete construction, there are three issues that is reinforcement designed to resist the full applied load on an
most affect anchorage-to-concrete design: anchorage. Anchor reinforcement should be oriented parallel
1) Free edges of concrete-While all concrete design to the line of action of the applied load, and developed on
should deal with anchorages influenced by concrete edges, both sides of the theoretical concrete breakout plane. Anchor
the precast components of tilt-up necessitate joints that cast reinforcement cannot be considered additive to concrete
in-place concrete construction would not have. This means breakout capacity because the concrete will resist nearly
that there are generally free edges in proximity to anchor all the applied load, due to its stiffness, up to brittle failure.
ages. Anchors in tilt-up panels should be designed taking After that point, the reinforcement is required to resist the
into account the edge distance to these joints. entire applied load. Also consider how close and parallel to
2) Thin concrete thickness (small embedment depths) for the applied load that the reinforcement is to the anchorage,
connections located on panel faces-The thin substrate of to account for the geometry of the breakout prism in the
tilt-up walls can make a challenging design for even a simple effectiveness of the reinforcement. Anchor reinforcement
shear connection if the reaction is significant. This issue is perpendicular to the applied load is not considered effec
exacerbated in thin concrete layers in multi-wythe panels. tive because the bar provides little stiffness and capacity
Also, seismic design may require out-of-plane axial load to perpendicular to its axis. The commentary to ACI 3 1 8-1 1 ,
be resisted, and to make these types of connections ductile Appendix D, reviews and illustrates the required geometry
may require a large connection to spread out the load over an of effective anchor reinforcement. Appendix D also requires
adequate area of concrete. a 0.75 resistance factor be used in the design of anchor rein
3) Most field connections of precast components require forcement to account for uncertainty in assumed load and
steel-to-concrete connections-Numerous field connections resistance model, similar to strut-and-tie models.
increase the possibility of improperly located or missing It is suggested that reinforcement and deformed bar
anchorages, requiring post-installed connections. Addition anchors in connections be designed based on the more
ally, connections between precast components or precast conservative capacity obtained from the development length
components and cast-in-place concrete tend to concentrate equations of ACI 3 18-1 1 , Chapter 12 or 21, as applicable,
forces at edges and comers of concrete components where which capture splitting and pullout failure modes, and the
the loads may have otherwise been more dispersed in cast ACI 3 18-1 1, Appendix D concrete breakout provisions,
in-place concrete construction. This requires the connections which capture concrete breakout modes. This approach is
to be more robust due to the magnitude of the load being recommended when either of the following conditions exists
resisted, as well the consequences of failure. at the connection:
Unintended load actions can cause anchorages to fail at (a) In a connection resisting flexure, the compression resul
loads below their intended load-carrying capacity. Unin tant is more than 1 .5 times the embedment depth away from
tended load actions that may cause problems include the the tension resultant; an example is deep flexural members.
following: (b) The connection is in direct tension and there is no
(a) Forces locked in during panel bracing that are released nearby compression confinement.
when the braces are removed These recommendations are important in tilt-up panel-to
(b) Axial loads due to restraint of temperature and panel and panel-to-foundation connections where welded
shrinkage effects reinforcement and deformed bar anchors are commonly
(c) Moment due to flexural stiffness in connections used and the connections are often subject to direct tension.
assumed to be pinned Additionally, these recommendations may be necessary to
(d) Shear connections with eccentricities-for example, avoid a brittle failure in critical seismic connections where
shear plates, seats substantial ductility is required.
9.2.3 Anchor type selection-Anchors in concrete can be loaded. Adhesive products vary in how sensitive they are to
cast-in or post-installed. Cast-in anchors are cast into the installation and use in low and high temperatures. Addition
concrete and typically are headed shear studs, reinforcing ally, they cannot be used to support fire-resistive construc
bars, deformed bar anchors, or anchor rods. For the same tion unless the loads are transient or nonstructural, or the
configuration and similar anchor geometry, cast-in anchors anchor is protected by a fire-resistive envelope or membrane.
generally provide more design capacity than post-installed For the design of anchors in concrete, concrete should be
anchors. assumed to be cracked under service loads unless proven
9.2.3.1 Cast-in an hors With some limitations on diam
c - otherwise. For investigation of uncracked concrete, all load
eters, embedment depths, concrete strengths, placement, actions, including temperature, shrinkage, and secondary
and uses, ACI 3 1 8-1 1, Appendix D addresses the design effects, should be considered. Construction experiences have
of cast-in anchors, and post-installed expansion, undercut, shown that cracks tend to propagate toward anchors because
and adhesive anchors. Notably not governed by Appendix anchors create a discontinuity in the concrete. As a result,
D are through-bolts, screw anchors, and grouted anchors. only conditions similar to precompressed members (for
Currently, screw anchors can be designed indirectly with example, prestressed members or a column with substantial
Appendix D in conjunction with AC 1 93-12. ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , compression force that can never experience tension) should
Appendix D is limited to cast-in anchors installed in concrete be assumed to remain uncracked.
with a compressive strength up to 10,000 psi (70 MPa), and Post-installed anchors are installed in concrete after the
post-installed anchors installed in concrete up to 8000 psi concrete has hardened. Holes in concrete are made using a
(55 MPa), or as limited in anchor product reports. Concrete rotary hammer drill or core drill, and anchors are installed
that has a higher strength than a post-installed anchor has with an impact wrench, spud wrench, or by hand. Post
been tested and approved for can be detrimental to the installed anchors transfer load to the concrete via friction,
performance of the anchor. Adhesive bond can be worse; bearing, mechanical interlock, chemical bond, or a combi
expansion anchors may not be capable of full expansion, nation of these mechanisms. Common mechanical anchors
and screw anchors may have excessive thread wear during include expansion and undercut and screw types, while
installation. ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , Appendix D design provisions bonded anchors are usually threaded rod or reinforcing bars
also do not cover anchors subject to high-cycle fatigue and installed in adhesive or grout.
impact, nor anchorages located in the plastic hinge zones of Provisions governing post-installed anchors have changed
concrete members. dramatically in the past decade. To ensure a common
As mentioned for screw anchors, AC 193-12 can provide threshold level of safety, ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , Appendix D requires
a useful mechanism to design products, such as some types expansion and undercut anchors be tested according to ACI
of anchors, which fall outside the scope of design codes. 355.2, and adhesive anchors to be tested according to ACI
In cases where the design of an anchor is not governed by 355.4. Product-specific capacities are often, if not always,
ACI 3 1 8-1 1, Appendix D, use of AC 193-12 in conjunction limited to product-specific designs and specifications. Not
with the product's evaluation service report (ESR) is recom all post-installed anchors of a given type and size are equal,
mended. For example, AC 1 93-12 and the ESR for a screw so it should not be assumed that a 3/4 in. (19 mm) expansion
anchor product will reference or modify portions of ACI anchor from two different manufacturers performs the same.
3 18-1 1 , Appendix D to provide a satisfactory procedure for The engineer should list design loads or a specific manufac
the design of screw anchors in concrete. turer on the design drawings and review anchor submittals
9.2.3.2 Post-installed anchors-These anchors tend to proposed by the contractor for conformance with the project
be more sensitive to installation procedures than cast-in requirements. There are a few nuances to specifying post
anchors. Inadequate installation of post-installed anchors is installed anchors:
often cited for their poor performance. As a result, contin (a) Anchor length considerations include overall length,
uous or periodic special inspections of the installations of tabulated length, nominal embedment depth, and effective
post-installed anchors are required in the International embedment depth.
Building Code (International Code Council 2012) and many (b) Effect of attachment thickness and washers, including
state building codes. Furthermore, ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , Appendix D threaded rod lengths for adhesive anchors and embedment
requires that adhesive anchors installed in a horizontal or depth of expansion and undercut anchors, critical to effec
upwardly inclined orientation be installed by personnel certi tive embedment depth screw anchors.
fied according to the ACI-CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installer 9.2.3.3 Adhesive anchors-Important developments in
Certification program or equivalent. adhesive anchors include:
Post-installed anchors that produce expansive forces are (a) The uniform bond model for adhesives used in ACI
limited by how closely they can be installed to concrete 3 1 8-1 1 , Appendix D is limited to embedment depths between
edges, whereas cast-in anchors not torqued are limited only four anchor diameters and 20 anchor diameters.
by concrete clear cover. Expansion, undercut, and screw (b) Per ACI 3 1 8-11, Appendix D, adhesive anchors cannot
anchors also have restrictions on embedment depth rela be installed within 2 1 days of concrete casting.
tive to the concrete thickness in which they are installed. (c) Engineers should pay careful attention to conditions
Adhesive anchors have a gel time during which they cannot where an adhesive anchor is subjected to sustained tension.
be disturbed, and a cure time before which they cannot be Not all conditions are as evident as direct tension from the
No reproduction or
support of an overhead concrete panel. Sustained indirect records of as-built studies of tilt-up construction tolerances.
tension describes anchors subjected to sustained tension that It is likely tilt-up construction meets or improves on the
do not have a line of action in the same direction as the applied tolerances for cast-in-place concrete, and it could approach
load. Two common examples of sustained indirect tension the tolerances of plant-manufactured precast concrete.
are horizontal anchors in ledge angles and seats subjected to ACI 3 1 8-11, Chapter 7 provides minimum concrete cover
vertical loads, and shear friction reinforcement that is: requirements to reinforcement for cast-in-place and precast
i. Oriented horizontally, as dictated by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 1 1 .6 concrete manufactured under plant control conditions. ACI
ii. Required to be fully developed on both sides of the 3 1 8- 1 1 , R 7. 7.3 states, "Structural elements precast at the
shear plane. Adhesive anchors subject to sustained tension job site will also qualify under this section if the control of
must be qualified for such use according ACI 355.4, and form dimensions, placing of reinforcement, quality control
there is a substantial reduction factor on the tension capacity of concrete, and curing procedure are equal to that normally
in this condition. Anchors installed horizontal or upwardly expected in a plant."
inclined must be installed by certified personnel and contin Concrete cover distances are measured from the surface of
uously inspected during installation. a reinforcing bar to the nearest edge or surface of concrete
considering architectural features such as reveals, recesses,
CHAPTER 1 0-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREM ENTS form liners, sandblasting, and chamfers. The minimum
This chapter provides guidelines for designers when spec cover distances in Table I 0.1 b are recommended for use
ifying construction requirements. ACI 55 1 . 1R has a more with tilt-up concrete where edges of panels at joints are
comprehensive discussion of construction aspects. considered exposed to weather.
10.1 -Forming and construction tolerances Table 10.1 b-M i n imum cover distances
Required tolerances for tilt-up construction are generally recommended for use with ti lt-up concrete
covered in ACI 3 1 8 and ACI 1 17. Quality control of panel Concrete cover, in.
forming and steel reinforcement placing for site-cast tilt-up Exposure (mm)
concrete panels is usually better than for conventional cast (a) Concrete exposed to earth or weather:
in-place concrete walls. The process uses a concrete floor No. 9 (No. 29M) bar and larger 1 - 1 /2 (40 mm)
I (25 mm)
slab or casting bed as the primary surface for forming the No. 8 (No. 25M) bar and smaller
panels in a horizontal position, thus minimizing alignment,

(b) Concrete not exposed to earth or weather:
No. 14 (No. 43M) and No. 1 8 (No. 57M) bars 1 - 1 12 (40 mm)
maintenance, and deflection of traditional vertical-forming No. I I (No. 36M) bar and smaller 3/4 (20 mm)
systems. Tolerance requirements can, therefore, be between
those for cast-in-place and factory precast. Recommended The values indicated in Table 10.1 b consider only corrosion
tolerances for use in the tilt-up industry are found in Table and constructibility; concrete cover may require an increase
l O. l a. from these values to meet fire rating requirements. Some
contractors have reported that concrete covers of less than 1
Table 10.1 a-Recommended tolerances for use in in. (25 mm) on the top face of the panel in the casting posi
the tilt-up industry tion make it difficult to finish the panel surface. In addition,
Length and height Straightness or skewness bars with shallow cover on the face tend to mirror through
Up to I 0 ft (3 m) Up to 1 0 ft (3 m) the concrete surface, creating an objectionable appearance,
+ 0 to -112 in. ( 1 3 mm) ± 1 12 in. ( 1 3 mm) but meeting structural requirements. Finally, concrete cover
I 0 to 20 ft (3 to 6 m) 1 0 to 20 ft (3 to 6 m) may have to be adjusted where reveals, recesses, architec
+ ± 5/8 in. ( 1 6 mm)
0 to - 1 /2 in. ( 1 3 mm) tural form liners, or sandblasting are used on the outside face
+
Over 20 ft (6 m)
0 to -5/8 in. ( 1 6 mm)
20 to 40 ft (6 to 1 2 m)
± 3/4 in. (20 mm)
of the panel.
Thickness: Overall ± 1 14 in. (6 mm)
1 0.2-Concrete for ti lt-up panels
Concrete clear cover to reinforcement provides protec Concrete used for tilt-up panels should provide adequate
tion to the steel from corrosion and fire. Increasing cover strength for the in-place condition and for panel erection
also improves the bond of reinforcement. Ultimately, rein requirements. A minimum 28-day strength of 3000 psi (2 1
forcement location can be bound by concrete cover, which MPa) should be provided for in-place design requirements.
in turn affects analysis and design. In slender members, the Lifting insert manufacturers typically require a minimum
loads to be resisted by the member are particularly sensi compressive strength of 2500 psi (17 MPa) at the time of
tive to member stiffness. A small change in the location of the lift to ensure that the full load capacity of their product
reinforcement can have a substantial impact on stiffness. can be achieved. Because this may be needed only 3 to 5
This effects how loads are distributed within the section and days after casting the panels, higher 28-day strength is often
should be considered in the design of the reinforcement. desired. Sometimes, the concrete mixture is proportioned
Load and resistance factors in ACI 3 1 8 are in-part cali for flexural strength requirements as defined by the modulus
brated considering variations in the as-built placement of of rupture. This property is important for resisting flexural
reinforcement and concrete member extents relative to the cracking, particularly during the lifting operation.
specified design geometry,.However, .there.appears to be no
Supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs), such as tant. ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 3.5.3 requires .f;, to be measured at 0.35
fly ash, can slow the rate of early strength gain, delay panel percent strain, not at the typical 0.2 percent offset, for.f;, > 60
lifting, and affect panel finishing. ksi (420 MPa).
Entrained air for resistance to freezing and thawing may 10.3 .1 .2 Nonlinear behavior-The nonlinear behavior of
not be required because exposed surfaces are primarily a slender wall cannot be ignored when estimating the effect
vertical and protected with a paint or sealer. If not prop of a substitution using high-strength steel. A reduction in
erly accounted for, air entrainment may reduce strength steel area generally causes additional P-f,. moment, leading
and, therefore, increase the potential for flexural cracking to more required steel, partly offsetting the perceived savings
during lifting. Conversely, where saturated conditions are on steel reinforcement.
anticipated at the base or parapet ofthe panel, panel concrete 10.3 . 1 .3 Serviceability considerations-Se iceability rv
design mixtures with air entrainment should be considered. and load-deformation of reinforced concrete typically do
Local experience in the performance of concrete without air not depend on the yield strength of the reinforcement. Cross
entrainment should be investigated. Recommended concrete section area and modulus of elasticity are the critical proper
specifications are found in Table I 0.2. ties. This is not only an issue for P-f,. effects and deflection
of the wall, but limiting service cracking as well. Limiting
Table 1 0.2-Recommended concrete cracking is important in tilt-up construction where the struc
specifications ture is exposed to the elements. Panel reinforcement may
Concrete property Value(s) need to be increased to satisfy the service level deflection
28-day compressive strength 3000 psi (2 1 MPa) minimum provisions of ACI 3 1 8-11, 14.8.4. Regardless, well-distrib
28-day flexural strength 500 psi (3.5 MPa) minimum uted horizontal and vertical reinforcement will assist in
Maximum size aggregate I to 1 - 1 /2 in. (25 to 38 mm) controlling cracks in the panel.
minimum clear distance between
bars of3 in. (76 mm) or more CHAPTER 1 1 -DESI G N FOR LIFTING STRESSES
3/4 to I in. ( 1 9 to 25 mm)for

Panel lifting analysis and lift insert design is commonly
minimum clear distance between performed by a specialty engineer, often employed by the
bars of less than 3 in. (76 mm) hardware manufacturer. The specialty engineer uses either
Note: Usc of larger aggregate size can reduce shrinkage. proprietary software developed by the hardware manufac
turers or their own specially-developed software to perform
1 0.3-Panel reinforcement the lifting analysis. In every case, the software determines
Grade 60 (Grade 420) reinforcement is typically specified the geometry of the rigging, the forces in the cables, and
for tilt-up panels. Grade 40 (Grade 280) should be avoided the moments and flexural stresses in the panel as it rotates
because it is difficult to obtain in large quantities and may from a horizontal to a vertical position. Traditionally, the
be installed in the wrong locations if confused with other panel is treated as a continuous beam with elastic supports
grades of steel used on the job site. The main vertical bars at the lift points that continually change in stiffness as the
are typically No. 5 or No. 6 (No. 1 6M or No. 1 9M), with beam is rotated about its base. More sophisticated computer
No. 4 or No. 5 (No. 13M or No. 16M) bars used for hori based finite element analysis can be used in place of the
zontal temperature reinforcement, and No. 3 or No. 4 (No. traditional beam theory. Lifting and bracing of the tilt-up
1 OM or No. 13M) bars for transverse ties and stirrups. Bars panels are considered means and methods of construction
larger than No. 6 (No. 19M) are not recommended for tilt-up and not within the scope of work traditionally provided by
panels where the panel thickness is less than 8 in. (203 mm). the engineer of record. For this reason, the construction team
1 0.3.1 Nominal versus design resistance-The use of will employ specialty engineers, either directly or through
high-strength reinforcing steel-for example, yields stress product suppliers, to perform these analyses.
greater than 60 ksi (420 MPa)-should be carefully consid
ered in the design of tilt-up walls. Since ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 14.8 11.1 -General l ifting concepts
requires the wall to be tension-controlled, the substitution of The location of lift inserts is critical for safe and efficient
high-strength steel for 60 ksi (420 MPa) steel will reduce the handling of tilt-up concrete panels. The primary intent in
area of steel; however, if there is too much tension capacity lifting a panel is to lift it as an uncracked section. Because
in the cross section, the section can switch to being compres reinforcement steel is often placed at the center, the panel
sion-controlled or in the transition zone on the resistance can experience cracking if the concrete tensile stresses are
factor. So, whereas the nominal resistance of the section not kept within required design limits. In those instances
may increase with an increase in yield strength for a given where it is not practical to keep the concrete from cracking,
area of steel, the design resistance may increase by a lesser face reinforcement is added to minimize the crack width
amount, or even decrease. ACI ITG-6R demonstrated this during lifting.
when it reviewed ASTM A1035/Al035M reinforcing steel Strongbacks are another way to minimize or avoid cracking
with steel grades of yield strengths of 100 and 120 ksi (690 during the lift operation. These are structural members that
and 830 MPa). are connected intermittently to the panel so that the panel
1 0.3. 1 . 1 Determination ofyield stress-For high-strength weight is transferred to the strongback. The strongback is
reinforcement, how the yield point is determined is impor- designed to resist the full bending moment without relying
No reproduction oror mg permitted without license from IHS
on the panel, although the moments will be shared, so it is when maximum tension occurs. A 1 .25 factor on the
important that the strongback has the proper stiffness. computed tension load at zero degrees is usually sufficient
When lifting a panel from horizontal to vertical, it is often to allow for sticking or initial suction.
subjected to a higher range of stress than it will encounter
from in-place loading. The most critical lateral bending 11.3-Lifting considerations: building engineer of
stresses, which is bending side-to-side, occurs just as the record
panel is first raised from the horizontal position. The highest The building engineer of record is responsible for the
vertical bending stresses, which are bending top-to-bottom, tilt-up panel design for the in-place loading only, but there
generally occur between 30 and 50 degrees from the hori are several basic lifting considerations for designing panels
zontal. Lift insert loading is often critical when the panel to maximize efficiency.
is almost vertical and the crane is carrying the full weight (a) The use of unusual panel shapes should be minimized
of the panel; it can also occur when initially breaking the where possible and as allowed by the architectural design.
panel loose from its casting bed due to sticking, suction, or Adjust panel joints so that panels are as symmetrical as
dynamic forces. A factor of 1.25 is generally recommended possible and minimize the use of, or avoid, L-shaped panels.
in lifting design to account for these conditions. Consult and coordinate with the project architect as neces
Lift inserts are usually located in such a manner as to sary. By minimizing the difference between panels, grouping
minimize the panel lifting stresses, by balancing the positive panels by type, or both, the number of rigging changes that
and negative bending moments. They must also be arranged could be required are reduced.
so that the panel will rotate freely about its base with little (b) Whenever possible, consult with the contractor
or no twisting, and hang level when free of the casting bed. regarding available crane capacities to determine maximum
panel weight, and then the panel joint spacing. A good rule
11.2-Steps for performing a l ifting design of thumb is that crane capacity should be three times the
Computer-based analyses have changed the manner in weight of the panel.
which the lifting design of panels is approached, but the (c) The simplest rigging configurations are preferred for
fundamental steps remain the same: economy and ease of use. Generally, try to limit panel widths
(a) Determine the panel weight, deducting for openings or so that a two-wide rigging can be used, as this rigging offers
recesses in the panel, and adding for pilasters and corbels. the simplest approach. A good rule of thumb is 20 to 22 ft
(b) Locate the center of gravity. (6 to 6.7 m) maximum width for a two-wide arrangement.
(c) Determine an initial minimum number of lift points by Also, two-high lifting arrangements are good for panels
first dividing twice the panel weight by the shear capacity of up to approximately 35 to 40 ft (10.7 to 1 2.2 m) in height.
the lifting inserts. A minimum load factor of 2.0 is recom Panel weight for a two-high by two-wide rigging is limited
mended to account for conditions that increase the panel to approximately 30 tons (27 metric tons), which may not be
stress at lifting, such as adhesion to the casting surface, appropriate for all buildings. Panel thickness can also be a
suction created by ponded water, or moving a panel a signifi limiting factor on the selected rigging configuration.
cant distance or over rough terrain. Use judgment to deter (d) Usually, panel height is a project requirement over
mine the general pattern of lifting, which may be dictated which the designer has little control. For multi-story proj
by unusual panel shapes, such as those created by large, off ects, there is an option to stack panels to control panel
center openings or panel projections. heights and weights. Most tall panels can be handled with
(d) Locate the inserts so that the geometric center of lift a four-high lifting arrangement that has a practical limit on
matches the horizontal center of gravity of the panel and is panel height of 75 ft (23 m). Three-high rigging arrange
above the vertical center of gravity of the panel so that the ments are cumbersome and should be avoided because they
top will come up first, and the panel will rotate about its base. require one long, continuous cable to each set of three lift
(e) Check the bending stresses in the panel. Traditionally, points. These cables are often 1 00 to 1 20 ft (30 to 36 m)
the panel is divided into beam strips in doing the analysis. long, and easily tangle.
Determination of beam strips is complicated in panels that (e) If possible, avoid stepping or sloping the bottom of
are not symmetrical about a vertical centerline, as well as panels; the length of a step notch in the bottom of a panel
when lift inserts are horizontally offset. should be minimized and typically not exceed 30 percent of
(f) Adjust the vertical locations of inserts as necessary the panel width. Likewise, if at all possible, avoid shortening
so that allowable stresses are not exceeded. The location of one leg at the bottom of a panel to minimize the difficulty
the top inserts generally has the greatest effect on bending involved in erecting the panel.
moments. It is good practice to move inserts to the solid or (f) Consider splitting a panel with a large opening into
heavy areas of the panel, away from openings. Judgment on two panels, or creating a spandrel panel to avoid overly wide
the best way to adjust inserts comes with experience, but the panels.
goal should always be to keep bending stresses low enough (g) Use of double mats of reinforcement could have
to eliminate or minimize flexural cracking. advantages in some cases, and can reduce the need for added
(g) Check lift insert tension capacity. Tension capacity of lifting steel, but should be balanced with other construction
inserts is generally less than shear capacity, but a portion of requirements and cost.
the panel weight is still on the ground as it is first rotated,
(h) A minimum concrete strength of2500 psi (17 MPa) is 1 1 .4 . 1 .2 Insert clearances-Provide clearance for all
generally required for lifting to meet manufacturer's require inserts from panel projections that could interfere with the
ments for full insert capacity. Due to project schedules, it operation of the lifting hardware, per the manufacturer.
may be necessary to use higher-strength concrete to achieve 11.4.1.3 Adjusting insert horizontal alignment-Adjusting
early lifting strength, which the designer can take advantage the horizontal alignment of a pair of inserts is sometimes
of in designing the panel reinforcement for in-place loading, necessary to avoid panel openings while maintaining a
or high-early-strength concrete mixture designs. balanced lift. The horizontal alignment of insert pairs on a
(i) In specifying the concrete mixture design, the designer two- or four-high lift can be offset by as much as 4 ft (1.2
should give consideration to concrete modulus of rupture. m) (for example, horizontal distance between the top and
Concrete flexural strength is important when lifting panels, bottom insert anchoring the same cable to the panel), as long
particularly when panels have center reinforcement only. as the centroid of all inserts is balanced about the horizontal
Characteristics of the concrete mixture, such as coarse center of gravity of the panel. The easiest way to adjust hori
aggregate particle shape and surface texture, and the ratio of zontal locations is to move each insert in a pair by the same
coarse to fine aggregate, can greatly affect concrete tensile amount in opposite directions. The permissible offset is also
strength. River rock or pea stone aggregates will result in a a function of the length of the cable used, with the shorter
lower modulus of rupture, and should be avoided. Experi cable producing a smaller offset, as well as the capacity of
ence has shown that concrete flexural strengths of 400 to 500 the insert to resist a sideward load.
psi (2.8 to 3.4 MPa) are usually sufficient to prevent panel 11.4.1.4 Face-lift-Tilt-up panels are typically face-lifted.
cracking where computed bending stresses are less than 250 Refer to the manufacturer's literature for rigging arrange
psi (1.7 MPa), although panels have lifted successfully at ments. Avoid three-wide riggings because of complications
higher bending stresses as much as 350 psi (2.4 MPa). with the cable geometry. The simplest rigging configura
(j) The production of reinforcing bar and lifting draw tions are the best. Minimize the use of different riggings on
ings are two separate operations and because of this, lifting a project. It is costly and time-consuming to make rigging
reinforcement can easily be overlooked. For this reason, changes. It is less expensive to pay for a few extra inserts
consider adding a note in the construction documents stating than to constantly change rigging configurations.
that the contractor is responsible for providing the additional 11.4.1.5 Edge-lift-Edge lift spandrel and screen wall
steel reinforcement needed for lifting to the in-place steel on panels whenever possible. This allows them to hang perfectly
the reinforcing bar shop drawings. plumb when setting. If a panel is too tall for edge lifting and
must hang plumb, furnish face-lift inserts for initial lifting,
1 1.4-Lifting design considerations: panel spe switching to edge-lift inserts for panel placement or the
cialty engineer cable clamp systems offered by most manufacturers.
As the lift insert designer, there are a two basic lifting 11.4.2 Concrete strength/design of reinforcement-As
considerations when designing panels: stated previously, preventing the panel from cracking at all is
1) ¥{hen possible, avoid lifting panels off of pilasters, ideal. Allowable concrete flexural stress used by most engi
corbels, or recesses or the cable lengths will require adjust neers and vendors for normalweight concrete is 6'ifc', based
ments {or the panels to hang straight. on specifying concrete design mixtures that achieve ultimate
2) Locate the geometric center of the lift inserts at least 1 8 concrete tensile strengths (moduli of rupture) between 9'ifc'
in. (457 mm) above the vertical center of gravity of the panel. and 1 1 'ifc'. This yields 300 psi (2. 1 MPa) allowable for 2500
The higher above the vertical center of gravity of the panel psi (17 MPa) concrete at time of lift. Allowable stress is
that the geometric center of the lift inserts is, the straighter reduced when using lightweight concrete.
the panel will hang, making the panel quicker and easier to Some vendors will follow other concrete stress limits,
lift. Maximize the distance above as the panel stresses allow. even in the presence of reinforcement. These rules are based
11.4.1 Rigging and lifting inserts primarily on their desire to safely control cracking to limit
11.4. 1 . 1
Insert capacity-Consult manufacturer's product liability. These rules can lead to conservative results and,
literature for insert capacities based on panel thickness. Pay therefore, are mentioned herein only as a point of reference
attention to minimum distances to panel edges or openings for control of cracking in critical panels. Examples include:
and concrete strength requirements, and consider impact 1 ) Allowable bending stress with reinforcement only at
loading. Minimum edge distance for full insert capacity is the tension face is (0.75)(0.45/c') = 0.3375/c'
normally in the 1 5 to 1 8 in. (381 to 457 mm) range. Insert 2) Allowable bending stress with reinforcement on both
capacity is also reduced when using lightweight concrete. faces is 0.45/c'
Inserts normally have a safety factor of2.0 against failure. 3) Using strongbacks if bending stress is above 0.45/c'
While insert spacing is usually not an issue with face When it is impractical to prevent cracking, reinforcement
inserts, it is important for edge lift inserts. If edge lift inserts is generally used and is added only where required in the
are used for lifting a panel from the horizontal position, tension face, usually 1 in. (25 mm) clear from the face of
shear bars are often added to keep the inserts from pulling the panel, making sure the required reinforcement does not
sideways out of the panel. exceed that allowed by ACI 3 1 8. Reinforcement should
extend beyond the point where it is no longer needed for a
distance equal to the effective depth of the member or 12 bar
diameters, whichever is greater. Reinforcement should be less than 45 degrees and no more than 60 degrees from the
calculated using ultimate strength methods, with a minimum horizontal. In addition, brace inserts should not be placed
load factor of 1 .5 applied to the panel weight to account for lower than 60 percent of the panel's height nor less than 5
the impact affects discussed previously. Reinforcing cages percent of the panel's height above the panel's geometric
already in the panel that is required for in-place loading centroid or mass center of gravity, whichever is greater.
should be used for additional reinforcement as applicable. A minimum of two braces per panel is required, but three
Center mat reinforcement should not be used for lifting or four braces per panel is more common. The number of
design. So, when lifting stresses in a panel or portion of a braces is based on allowable load per brace, from manufac
panel exceed allowable concrete tension stresses, always turer's bracing tables, and the anchor capacity into either
provide reinforcement at the tension face, which is preferred, the panel or base attachment point. Panel braces should be
or use strongbacks. balanced laterally about the panels' geometric center, and be
There is a reason for not using the center mat for lifting; arranged such that all braces take an equal tributary load,
although the panel might not fail, once cracking begins due or at least no brace exceeds the allowable brace load. The
to lifting stresses, they will likely occur over a significant simplest approximate arrangement is to go a half-space in
portion of the panel. These cracks would be wide because from the panel edges for laterally symmetric panels.
of the distance from the tension face to the reinforcing steel. Typically, temporary brace inserts are offset 1 ft (0.3 m)
Horizontal cracks will close up once the panel is resting on horizontally from lines of lifting inserts to avoid conflict
its base, but will still be visible; the panel could be rejected between rigging and bracing because braces are normally
by the owner. attached to the panel prior to lifting.
11 .4.3 Strongbacks-Although strongbacks are used to
prevent cracking, they can also be used as an alternative to 12.2-Knee and lateral bracing
adding reinforcing steel. Usually it is more economical to Long braces often require intermediate lateral bracing.
add reinforcement. This can be in the form of knee and lateral bracing. This
A strongback should be stiffer than the panel section it type of bracing is costly and should be avoided. When knee
carries or the panel will crack before the strongback takes braces are used, continuous cross-lacing is required because
the load. Tilt-up vendors rent strongbacks, or they can be the brace can buckle in any direction. Knee and lateral braces
designed using wood timbers or steel or aluminum chan should be positively connected and lateral braces tied off to
nels. Strongbacks are usually fastened to the panel using coil something providing lateral resistance, usually the ground,
anchors and bolts. These connections should be capable of at each end. It is preferable to select a brace that requires no
transferring the weight of the panel section to the strongback bracing, or has its own built-in lateral bracing.
plus horizontal shear due to bending.
Strongbacks are usually reusable, so they should be strong 1 2.3-Bracing to slab-on-ground
enough to withstand repeated use. Strongbacks can also be Bracing hardware manufacturers suggest a minimum slab
used to stabilize a panel during erection. One example is an thickness of 5 to 6 in. (125 to 1 50 mm) for bracing of tilt-up
L-shaped or one-legged panel. Strongbacks that are used for to the slab-on-ground, but recommend the actual require
rotation at the panel base should have a shoe that extends to ment for each project be checked by an engineer.
the downside of the panel and that is the same thickness of In general, a 6 in. (150 mm) slab should be acceptable for
the section of panel where the strongback is connected. This most situations, as should a 5 in. (125 mm) slab, as long as
shoe can be wood blocking. the panels are not too tall. The problem arises when bracing
panels to a 4 in. (100 mm) slab, such as in a tilt-up office
CHAPTER 1 2-TEMPORARY PAN E L BRACING building, particularly when it is multistory. In this case, it
The brace supplier usually provides design require is common to thicken the slab at the location of the brace,
ments for temporary bracing of tilt-up panels. Bracing which creates an integral deadman. This thickened slab area
should comply with the guidelines published by the Tilt-Up can result in cracking in the slab due to restricted slab move
Concrete Association (2012). The following short topics ment. In the design of floor slabs for bracing loads, the loca
related to temporary panel bracing are provided for infor tion of floor joints should also be considered.
mation purposes to explain the basic design process, and to
know what to expect from the bracing designer. 1 2.4-Deadmen
Similar to slab-on-ground design for bracing loads, design
1 2.1 -Brace geometry and number of braces of deadmen is not usually provided by the temporary bracing
Typical tilt-up bracing geometry is one row of braces designer. Deadmen are used when there is no building slab
located at two-thirds of the panel height above the attach to brace to, or when the panels need to be braced to the
ment point-slab, footing, or deadman. The angle of the outside of the building. Consider that footings can be used
brace is typically based on a 3-4-5 triangle; base of3, height as deadmen in certain arrangements where there are many
of 4, and brace length of 5, proportionally. This puts the orthogonal walls that are close together.
brace at approximately a 53-degree angle. The use of fixed Helical anchors have been used in place of deadmen in
length braces in particular can result in variations to this certain applications. Coordination with the tilt-up contractor
exacf geoirletry; however, in general, a brace should be no is key to selecting the right solution.
1 2.5-Base sliding Canadian Standards Association

Under some circumstances, it is possible that the base of CAN/CSA-A23 .3-04(R20 1 0)--Design ofConcrete Structures
the panel could slide under wind loading. This would be the
case if panel braces were installed too high on the panel, or International Code Council
if the panel base was not yet grouted. Base sliding should be AC 193-12-Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements
checked if there is a concern; checking a few typical cases
should give a good indication ifthere is a need to investigate Authored references
further. Griffis, L. G., 1993, "Serviceability Limit States under
Wind Load," AISC Engineering Journal, V. 30, No. 1 , pp.
1 2.6-Aiternate bracing methods 1-16.
When tilt-up panels are in close proximity to one another, International Code Council, 1997, "Structural Engineering
such as in an elevator shaft or stairwell, it is impractical Design Provisions," Uniform Building Code, International
and sometimes physically impossible to brace them to the Conference of Building Officials, Whittier, CA, 492 pp.
ground. Bracing panels laterally to other parallel walls, and International Code Council, 2012, "International Building
then bracing the parallel wall to the ground on the opposite Code," ICC, Washington, DC, 722 pp.
side is an option. The bracing design for the panel that gets Lai, J.; Lawson, J.; Chukwuma, E.; Mehran, P.; and Lyon,
braced to the ground should consider the load from the other B., 2005, "UBC 97 and ACI 3 18-02 Code Comparison
panel. Summary Report," SEAOSC Slender Wall Task Group,
In the corner of buildings, it is often impractical to brace Structural Engineers Association of Southern California,
both corner panels inward because the braces tend to inter Whittier, CA, 47 pp.
fere with one another. Consider eliminating the brace closest SEAOSC, 1982, "Test Report on Slender Walls," SC
to the corner on one panel by tying the panels together at #82-1, SCCACI-SEAOSC Task Committee on Slender
the approximate elevation of the braces with a temporary Walls, Structural Engineering Association of Southern Cali
bolted clip angle. Another technique is to lower one of the fornia, Los Angeles, CA, 129 pp.
braces 1 to 2 ft (0.3 to 0.6 m) to avoid interference with the SESOC, 2000, "Summary of Test Results from the
intersecting brace. PRESSS 5 Story Precast Building," Structural Engineering
Society New Zealand, V. 1 3, No. 1, Apr., pp. 21-37.
CHAPTER 1 3-REFERENCES Tilt-Up Concrete Association, 2012, "Guideline for
ACI committee documents and documents published by Temporary Wind Bracing ofTilt-Up Concrete Panels During
other organizations are listed first by document number and Construction," TCA, Mount Vernon, IA.
year of publication followed by authored documents listed
alphabetically. APPENDIX A-DERIVATION OF Mn AND Icr
American Concrete Institute A.1 -Derivation of Mn and lc, based on rectangular

ACI 1 1 7-1 0-Specification for Tolerances for Concrete stress block
Construction and Materials and Commentary For one layer of reinforcement and no axial load, the
ACI 3 1 8-1 1-Building Code Requirements for Structural forces depicted in Fig. A. 1 can be calculated as follows
Concrete and Commentary
ACI 355.2-07-Qualification of Post-Installed Mechan C = 0.85fc'ab = T = A/y
ical Anchors in Concrete and Commentary
ACI 355.4-11-Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Af
Anchors in Concrete and Commentary a = _..::.,_"---
Y and c = !!...
ACI 55 1 . 1R-14-Guide to Tilt-Up Concrete Construction 0.85fc'b �I
ACI ITG-6R-10-Design Guide for the Use of ASTM
A1035/A1035M Grade 1 00 (690) Steel Bars for Structural P1 = 0.85 forfc' :S 4000 psi
Concrete
0.85 - 0.00005(fc' - 4000) :=:: 0.65, forfc' > 4000 psi
American Institute ofSteel Construction
AISC 360-1 0-Specification for Structural Steel Buildings M,, = AJ;(d - a/2 )
American Society of Civil Engineers

ASCE/SEI 07-1 0-Minimum Design Loads for Buildings
and Other Structures
ASTM International
ASTM A1035/A1035M-14-Standard Specification for
Deformed and Plain, Low-Carbon, Chromium, Steel Bars where n = E,!Ec
for Concrete Reinforcement
American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>lMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
h d
-
A
------
s
- -- - -- - --
/y
T
---�� - --
Fig. A. l-Diagram of rectangular stress distribution.

Fig. A. 2-Diagram oftriangular stress distribution.
c2)
Forfc' < 4000 psi, B1 = 0.85
As Es £ (d - kd ) nAs (d - kd )
kd = =
Ecce (b I kd (b/2) kd
fer = nAs(d - c)2 + 0.332bc3
Rearranging: (kd?(b/2) + nAskd - nAsd = 0
which is approximately fer = nA5(d - c? + bc3/3 . �
-nAs ± (nAj + 2nAsbd
� = --��--�----�-
Example: b
h = 5.5 in. (140 mm); d = 2. 75 in. (70 mm); b = 12 in. (305 mm)
fc' = 4000 psi (28 MPa); B1 = 0.85; As = 0.3 1 in.2 (200 mm2)
/
J; = 60,000 p: (420 MPa)
M n
= As Jry ( ) d- "
k
3
d3 [ , _3]
Ee = 57,000 4000 = 3.61 106 psi (24,900 MPa) x
E bk bk
29, 000 = 8.04 EcIcr = AE (d - kd )2 + _c __ = Ec nA (d - kd ) + d
n= s s
3
s
3
3605
a = 0 · 3 1(60,000) = 0.456 in. (12 mm)
0.85(4000)(12)
c= --
0.456 = 0.536 in. (14 mm)
0.85 Example:
fc' = 4000 psi (28 MPa); As = 0.3 1 in.2 (200 mm2);J; = 60,000
Mn = · (��,
0 3 1 000) (2.75 - 0.456/ 2) = 3910 ft-lb (57 kN-m) psi (420 MPa)
Ee = 57,000 .J4000 = 3.61 106 psi (24,900 MPa); x
fer = 8.04 0.3 1(2.75 - 0.536? + 0.28 1 1 2 0.5363

X X X
n=
29, 000 = 8 _ 04
= 12.2 + 0.52 = 12.7 in.4 (5.3 1 06 mm4) x 3605
EJer= 3.61 x 106 x 12.7 = 45.9 x 106 lb-in.2 (132 x 106 kN-mm2) nAs = 8.04 0.3 1 = 2.49 in.2 (1600 mm2)
x
A.2-Derivation of Mn and lc, based on triangular -2.4 9 ± �(2.49)2 + 22.4 9(1 2)(2. 7 5) .
stress d istribution k1'
= = 0 881 (22.4 mm) . m.
12
For one layer of reinforcement and no axial load, the
forces depicted in Fig. A.2 can be calculated as follows M " = · 12
(
0 3 1(60, 000) 2.7 5 - 0 · 881 = 381 0 ft-lb (56 kN-m))
3
fc bkd As F:
C= = T = A lr where kd = 3
fer = 2.49(2.75 - 0.881)2 + 12(0.881)
s '
2 s
fc (b /2)
3
concrete strain = �>e = 0.0005, maximum for elastic range = 8.7 1 + 2.75 = 1 1 .4 in.4 (4.75 x 1 06 mm4 )
concrete stress =fc = Ee�>e Ecfcr = 3.61 106 1 1 .4 X X
.
steel stram = = (d - k" ) £s £ c
= 4 1 .3 106 lb-in.2 ( 1 19 1 06 kN-mm2)
x x
kd
APPENDIX 8-DESIGN EXAM PLES FOR OUT-OF
steel stress = fs = E5 £5 (d - k" ) PLA N E FORCES

The following examples illustrate the use of the procedure
kd
outlined in this guide for the analysis of vertical reinforce-
5990390
OC 1. ..
American Concrete Institute ucensee=changqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb
American Concrete I nstitute - Copytri!!l flt�.@1Ma@l'i�f""!Www.concrete.org ��
OCI j.•
ment in tilt-up panels using the moment magnifier method as

presented in ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 14.8. This method is not an itera
tive procedure. Instead, the method should be considered
a trial-and-error technique for calculating panel moment
strength based on an assumed area of tension reinforcement.
This assumed area of tension reinforcement should be care
fully selected based on the following considerations.
The design moment strength of the panel, <j>M,, is directly
proportional to the area of effective tension reinforcement,
A,., by the equation
'"'
't'Mn (
't'Ase J:y d -
- '"' !!.2 ._)
Because the panel stiffness Kb is a function of the cracked Fig. Ba-Variation offactored moment and nominal moment
moment of inertia, len which in turn is a function of Ase. the capacity as area ofeffective tension reinforcement increases.
factored moment on the panel, M,, is inversely proportional
to Ase. as demonstrated by the following. VERTICAL BAR
This equation defines a hyperbolic curve for the factored
moment bounded by the line where
� •4 HORIZ. BAR
('I
VERT. BAR <TYP .>
.
ci
- -I
r·4 §CASTING
�
CJ
.
The reduced panel stiffness is equal to the factored axial
load. As Fig. Ba illustrates, a small starting value of Ase can .. � _L _A• SURFACE
-
•
lead to a negative value for the factored moment, with incre

mentally larger values for Ase yielding even larger negative ci
.... .....1 \_.4 HORIZ. BAR CTYP.>
u
values for M,, . The panel designer should select an area of
tension reinforcement that provides a reduced panel stiff Fig. Bb-Cross section ofpanel reinforcement (Note: 1 in.
ness larger than the factored axial load, thereby making the = 25.4 mm).
denominator in the previous equation a positive number.
For a given set of design parameters, the minimum amount (singly reinforced), and the other with reinforcement at
of tension reinforcing steel required in the tilt-up panel is each face (doubly reinforced), as depicted in Fig. Bb. For
the point in Fig. Ba where the M11 and <j>M, curves intersect. the single layer of reinforcement shown, the distance from
Values of Ase to the right of this point will provide excess extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the tension
strength capacity in comparison to the factored moment. reinforcement (the d distance) for a No. 6 (19 mm) bar is the
The area of tension reinforcement, however, should also be chair height (2.25 in. [57 mm]) plus the diameter of a No. 4
evaluated for other limiting criteria prescribed in ACI 3 1 8. (13 mm) bar plus one-half of the No. 6 (10 mm) bar diam
Example calculations are provided in this appendix for eter, yielding a d distance of 3.13 in. (80 mm). Similarly, for
tilt-up panels with the following characteristics, including the double layer of reinforcement scheme, the d distance is
a panel with: 5 in. (127 mm).
a) No openings The concrete and reinforcing steel properties listed in the
b) A 10 x 15 ft (3 x 4.6 m) door opening offset from the following are constant in each example: fc' 4000 psi (28 =
panel centerline MPa);J;, 60,000 psi (420 MPa); Yc 1 50 lb/ft3 (2400 kg/
= =
c) A concentrated axial load m3); Es = 29,000 ksi (200 GPa);f,. = 7.5'A Jf: = 474 psi (3.3
d) A concentrated lateral load MPa); Ec 57 Jf: 3605 ksi (24.0 MPa) (normalweight
= =
e) Multiple continuous spans (multistory) concrete); and E/Ec = 8.044.

f) A dock-high condition Furthermore, each panel is investigated using three of the
g) A fixed end load cases specified by ACI 3 1 8-11, 9.2. 1 :
h) An isolated footing or pier foundation support
i) Stiffening pilasters and headers Load Case 1 : 1.2D + 1 .6L,.+ 0.5 W (9-3)
For each example given, two cases of tension reinforce
ment are investigated within the 6.25 in. (150 mm) wythe: Load Case 2: 1 .2D + 0.5L,.+ l .OL + l .OW (9-4)
one with reinforcement centered in the panel thickness
No reproduction or
Load Case 3: 0.9D + l .OW (9-6)

where the strength reduction factor from ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 9.3.2. 1
1r....l'....t __ l,___...
l
_ l.
'
......
JOIST
BEARING
is � = 0.9 for tension-controlled sections.
8.1 -Panel with no openi ngs design example
Figure B.l illustrates the geometry of the sample panel
with no openings. The panel supports the load from three 61// THICK
PANEL
roof joists bearing in wall pockets (eccentric axial load)
in addition to the wind (lateral force). A summary of the
0
applied loading is: ·' _t_U_N_B_R��fQ
PoL = 3(2.4 kip) = 7.2 kip ;.;; LENGTI-I
PLL = 3(2.5 kip) = 7.5 kip
ecc = 3 in. (assumed)
= 27.2 lb/ft2
w
lc = 3 1 .0 ft - 1 .5 ft = 29.5 ft
The weight of the tilt-up panel above the design section
(centerline of the unbraced length) is
( 12 in./ft
)
6 · 25 in. 150 b ' (15.0
l /ft ft)
29 ·5 ft
2
[
+ 1.5 tt](�) =
1000 lb
19.0 kip
B.l.l Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness Fig. B. l-Plain tilt-up panel.
Assume 16 No. 6 bars (As = 7.0 in.2).
B.l.l.l Load Case 1: 1 .2D + 1 .6L,. + 0.5 W
Pua = 1 .2(7.2 kip) + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 20.6 kip
P11111 = 20.6 kip + 1 .2(19.0 kip) = 43.4 kip
e
M r = J,Jg = J,.S = /,.
y,
(..!.6 bt 2 )
W11 = 0.5(15.0 ft)(27.2 Jb/ft2) = 204 plf= 0.204 kif
Check vertical stress at the midheight section of panel per
= {�) (15.0 ft)(6.25 inl 46.3 ft-kip
0.474 ks =
= <J>A,JY ( d - � ) = 0.9(7.72)(60) ( 3.13- 0 ·:57 )

ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.2.6:
<j>M"
43.4 kip(lOOO lb/kip) 38.6 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi = 1 1 50 in.-kip = 95.5 ft-kip
6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8-1 1 ,
Check the design moment strength: 14.8.2.4:
A" = A' + P,,., (J!...)
fY 2d
= 7 .0 in ? +
43.4 k ip
6 0 ksi
(
6 · 25 in .
2(3. 13 in .)
) = 7 . 7 2 i n.2
A,JY = 7.72 in.2 (60 ksi) Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8-1 1 ,
a= = 0.757 in. 14.3.2:
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
A, 7.0 in.2 = 0.00622 > p1 = 0.001 5
c = a_ = _
0.85
0 · 757 = 0.891 in.
0.85
p=-=
bh 15.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
c 0·891
Check the applied moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.3:
= = 0.285 < 0.3 75
d 3 . 13
:. tension-controlled (refer to the commentary to ACI 3 18, 9.3.2.2)
Kb =
48EJcr = 48(3 605 ksi)(353 in.4 ) = 97.4 ki
P
5£! 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)]2
£ c3
E A (d - c)2 +-
g2c pua ecc
= ---'- "-
Ec
se
3 w
u
M ==
+ 2
= 8.044(7 . 72)(3 . 13- 0.89 1) ' +
(15.0 ft)(l 2 in./ft)(0.89 1) '
353 in.•
110
8
3
=
0.204 klf(29.5 ft)2 + 20.6 kip(3 in.) = 24.8 ft-kip
8 2(12 in./ft)

Provided by IHS under license with ACI American Concrete I nstitute - CoWri!!l flt�.@1Ma@l'i�f""!Www.concrete.org
( M,a
)[ 24.8 ft-kip
]
16-#6 VERTICAL
M = = = 6 1 .2 ft-kip < mM
'I' "
p''"- p
"
1 - -- ' 1 - 43.4 ki
b 0.75K- 0.75(97.4 kip)
� = 61.2 ft-kip(12 in./ft) = _
� = 10 0 in.
" 0.75Kb 0.75(97.4 kip)
B.1.1.2 Load Case 2: 1 .2D + 0.5Lr + l .OW _j

<!
1-
Pua = 12.4 kip :z
0
Fum = 35.2 kip N
a:
0
W11 = 0.408 kif :r:
P111111Ag = 3 1 .3 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi ...
#
I
Ase = 7.59 in.2 ,.,.,
N
a = 0.744 in.
c = 0.875 in.
c/d 0.280 :. tension-controlled
=
fer = 349 in.4

Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
<j>M,, = 94.0 ft-kip > Mer - IE�====:====:====:==!!
Kb = 96.4 kip "-_TRI M BARS AS REO'D
M,/G = 45.9 ft-kip BY ANALYSIS (TYPJ
M,, = 89.5 ft-kip < <j>M,,
Fig. B. I . 1. 3-Single-layer panel reinforcement.
�� = 14.8 in.
B . 1 . 1 .3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l .OW
M
�s = sa � r =
20 · 3 ft-kip 0.5 50 in. = 0.241 in.
Pua = 6.48 kip
F11111 = 23.6 kip Mer c 46.3 ft-kip
W11 = 0.408 kif :. Ma = M,a + ?,, �, = 20.3 ft-kip + 26.2 kip(0.241 in.)
P11,,/Ag = 2 1 .0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi = 20.8 ft-kip < (2/3)Mcr = 30.9 ft-kip
Ase = 7.39 in.2
a = 0.725 in. After iteration, maximum service load moment is 20.8
c = 0.853 in.
ft-kip, leading to the iterated service load deflection of
c/d = 0.273 : tension-controlled
.
fer = 344 in.4

Mer = 46.3 ft-kip �s = M a � cr = 20 · 8 ft-kip 0.550 in. = 0.247 in.
<j>M,, = 91.9 ft-kip > Mer M er 46.3 ft-kip
Kb = 95. 1 kip
M,/G = 45.2 ft-kip which is significantly less than the value allowed by ACI
M,, = 67.5 ft-kip < <j>M,, 3 1 8, so adjustment to the panel stiffness is not needed.
�� = 1 1 .4 in. Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, R14.8.4 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.3.3:
with l .OD + 0.5L + w;,, and noting L 0 because only roof
=
load is applied to the panel. As = 0.002Ag = 0.002(6.25 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)( 1 2 in./ft) = 4.60 in. 2
� allowable = �c = 2.36 in.
1 O Therefore, 23 No. 4 bars should be used for the horizontal
reinforcement. Figure B. 1 . 1 .3 details panel reinforcement
5Mj! ; 0.550 in.
�cr 48 for this case.
B.1.2
= =
EJg Reinforcing steel at each face of the panel

Assume 1 5 No. 4 bars per face (As = 3.00 in.2 per face) to
ws f� � ecc meet minimum reinforcing steel requirements. Because of
Msa = 8 + -- --
2 the larger distance d for the doubly reinforced scheme, a
0.7(1 7 lb/ft 2 )(15.0 ft)(29.5 ft)2 7.2 kip(3 in.) smaller area of steel would be adequate to provide neces
= +- -0..:.-.. -'- 20.3 ft-kip sary strength, but not sufficiently small enough to benefit
8(1 000 lblkip) 2(12 in./ft)
from the minimum steel exemption of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 1 0.5.3
Using this value as the initial service load moment, the (which allows the use offour-thirds of the steel area required
initial deflection is by analysis instead of meeting the specified minimum rein
forcement ratio).
B.1.2.1 Load Case 1: 1 . 2D + 1 . 6L, + 0.5W Ase = 3 .37 in.2

Pua = 1 .2(7.2 kip) + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 20.6 kip a = 0.330 in.
P11111 = 20.6 kip + 1 .2(19.0 kip) = 43.4 kip c = 0.388 in.
W11 = 0.5(15.0 ft)(27.2Jb/ft2) = 204 pJf= 0.204 kif c/d = 0.078 :. tension-controlled
P,,m = 43. 4 kip(1000 lb/kip) = 38. 6 psi < 0.06f,' = 240 psi
fer = 579 in.4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
Ag 6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
<PMn = 73.2 ft-kip > Mer
=A P,,, (_I!_) = 3.0 in.2 (
43 .4 kip 6 . 25 in. ) = 3.45 .2 Kb = 160 kip
A" '
+ +
in Mua = 45.9 ft-kip
2d JY 60 ksi 2(5 . 00 in.)
M, = 65.0 ft-kip < q,M,,
A,JY 3.45 in.2 (60 ksi) �� = 6.50 in.
a= = = 0.338 in. B.1 .2.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l. OW
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(l5.0 ft)(12 in./ft) Pua = 6.48 kip
Pwn = 23.6 kip
c = __ =
a 0 · 338 = 0.398 in. W11 = 0.408 klf
0.85 0.85 P1111,/Ag = 2 1 .0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
Ase = 3 .25 in.2
.::. = 0.080 < 0.375 a = 0.3 1 8 in.
d c = 0.374 in.
:. tension-controlled (refer to ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , R9.3.2.2) c/d = 0.075 :. tension-controlled
!
fer = ' A,_ (d - c) 2 + £
e
{ = 8.044(3.45)(5.0- 0.398)2 fer = 562 in. 4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
<jlM,, = 70.7 ft-kip > Mer
(1 5.0 ft)( l2 in./ft)(0.398)3 = 592 in.4 Kb = 1 55 kip
+ M,/0 = 45.2 ft-kip
3
M, = 56.7 ft-kip < q,M,,
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip �� = 5.85 in.
m't'M n
- mA
't' seJr y ( d _
!!.2 .)
Because maximum service moment at midheight did not
exceed two-thirds of the cracking moment in the single
layer analysis, there is no need to repeat the calculation for
0.338
= 0.9(3.45)(60) 5.0 --
2
(
- = 901 m.-kip )
. . = 75. 1 fit-kip. this analysis. Using the minimum horizontal reinforcing
steel requirements previously determined, but noting the
maximum spacing between bars is 1 8 in., Fig. B. l .2.3 details
panel reinforcement for the double layer scheme.
p
0 Ill. .2
= ____!:.A . = 1 5.0 ft(123 ·in./ft)(6.25 = 0.00267 = 0.0012 > p1
The aforementioned calculations neglected the effect of
bh in.) the steel reinforcement in the opposite face, as is consistent
with common practice. Depending on the location of the
Kb = 485£Jer 48(3605)(592) = 163 kip neutral axis within the panel cross section, this additional
steel reinforcement may serve as an additional amount of
£ 2e 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)]2
tension steel with a relatively small moment arm, but the net
eee
effect of including it is minimal.
M,a + P,ra B.1.3 Summary of panel reinforcing steel-Neglecting
=
w,£;
8 2 trim bars and miscellaneous reinforcing steel, the weight
= 0.204 klf(29.5 ft)2 + 20.6 kip(3 in.) = 24.8 ft-kip of the primary horizontal and vertical reinforcing steel in
8 2(12 in./ft) the single mat option is 963 lb, compared with 1 046 lb for
r [ : :�� r
the double mat option. The designer may consider other
M; 24
(
M" = 38 4 ft-kip < .M" project considerations such as ease of placement, number
3 p
1 - --""-'- 1 - 0.75(163 of repetitious panels, or the value of consistent detailing
0.75Kb kip) before selecting the most economical reinforcing steel
configuration.
�
� = = 38. 4 ft-kip (12 in./ft) = 3.76 in.
· " 0.75Kb 0.75(163 kip) 8 . 1 M-Panel with no openings design example
B . 1 .2.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l.OW

(metric)
Pua = 12.4 kip

Figure B. I M illustrates the geometry of the sample panel
with no openings. The panel supports the load from three
Rum = 35.2 kip floor joists bearing in wall pockets (eccentric axial load)
W11 = 0.408 kif in addition to the wind (lateral force). A summary of the
i(w,!Ag = 3 1 .3 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
applied loading is:
American Concrete Institute Licensee=Chongqing Institute o f quality and Standardizationb 5990390
1� r--t-
1 ----1',____,...
, ��'-----L-
--1 ---�
1__,
' JOIS T
-r-=��=
BEARING
w
u
<{
u... 1 60mm THICK
I
u PANEL
<{
w
_J
<{ 0
1-
z
0
0
Ln t UNBRACED
m
N LENGTH
a:
0
I
""
#
I
N
N
- 11:::�
::: =========::::::31
"-TRIM BARS AS REO'D
BY ANALYSIS (TYP.l
---- �1·�-----4_6_0_0 ______ �
Fig. B. l.2. 3-Double-layer panel reinforcement.
Fig. B. JM-Plain tilt-up panel.
PoL = 3(10.7 kN) = 32. 1 kN
Pu = 3(1 1 . 1 kN) = 33.3 kN AsJy 5290 mm2 (400 MPa) 19.3 mm
ecc = 75 mm (assumed) a= = =
0.85fc'b 0.85(28 MPa)(4600 mm)

w = 1304 Pa
ec = 9500 mm - 450 mm = 9050 mm
fc' = 28 MPa
Ec = 24,900 MPa
c = __!!_
0.85
_
19 · 3 mm 22.7 mm
=
0.85
=
J;, = 400 MPa !!.._ 22 · 7 mm

Es = 200,000 MPa = = 0.286 < 0.375
d 79.4 mm
The weight of the tilt-up panel above the design section :. tension-controlled (refer to ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , R9.3.2.2)
(centerline of the unbraced length) is:
1 60 mm(2400 kg/m3 )(4600 mm{ 905�mm + 450 mm] Ic, E, A" (d - c) ' + w c
£ 3
=
Ec 3
4 00 mm(22 7)3
= 86.4 kN = 8.044(5290)(79 .4 - 22 .7)2 + 6 · = 155 x 106 mm 4
3
B. l . l M Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness

Assume 1 6 No. 20M bars (As = 4800 mm2) - !,Ig -
Mcr -
y,
- !,, S -
- !, r
(I_6 )
b t'
B. l . l . l M Load Case 1 : 1 . 2D + 1 . 6L, + 0.5W
Pua = 1 .2(32. 1 kN) + 1 .6(33.3 kN) = 9 1 .8 kN
P11, = 9 1 .8 kN + 1 .2(86.4 kN) = 196 kN
= 3.27 MPa (�}4600 mm)(160 mm)2 = 64.2 kN-m
W11 = 0.5(4600 mm)(l 304 Pa) = 3.00 N/mm
ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.2.6: "'M - 'I'-"Asef.y d
't' n
( _!!_)
( )
2
P,,, 196 kN(IOOO N/kN) 19 . 3 mm
mm 0.267 MPa < 0.06f/= 1 .68 MPa 0 .9(5290 mm2 )(400 MPa) 79.4 mm- ---- 133 kN-m
= =
2
Ag 160 mm(4600 )
Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,

Check the design moment strength:
( )
14.8.2.4:
A A =
fY
+ (..!!:_) =
196 kN 160 mm
" ' P,,, 2 d 4800 mm' + 400 MPa 2 (79.4 mm)
5290 2
= mm Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,
14.3.2:
A 1 6 - # ZQM VERTICAL
= 0.00652 > Pe = 0.00 1 5
4800 mm2
p = -s =
bh 4600 mm(1 60 mm)
Check the applied moment per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 14.8.3:

48EJa = 48(24,900 MPa)(1 55 x 1 06 mm4 ) =
K = b 5£ � 452 kN
5(9050 mm)2
--'
<(
£ f
M = w�� + P,wecc
ua
z
0
8 2 N
0::
3 .00 N/mm(9050 mm) 2 + 9 1 . 8 kN(75 mm) 0
= = 3 4. 2 kN-m I
8 2
M =
"
1
(
Mua
p "'
"
=
1 - -- )[
3 4. 2 kN-m
196 kN --- ]
= 8 l . l kN-m < <j>M
" ..
I
0.75Kb 0.75(452 kN)
Ll = � = S l . l kN-m = 239 mm
" 0.75K 0.75(452 kN)
b
"'-TRIM
B . 1 . 1 .2M
BARS AS REQ'D
Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l . OW BY ANALYSIS (TYP.)
Fua = 55.2 kN
Fum = 1 59 kN Fig. B. l . l. 3M-Single-layer panel reinforcement.
Wu = 6.00 N/mm
Fun/Ag = 0.2 1 6 MPa < 0.06/c' = 1 .68 MPa = � = 60.3 mm
allowable
Ll
Ase = 5200 mm2 1 5O
a = 1 9.0 mm 5 Mc c;
c = 22.4 mm �cr = ,. = 1 4.0 mm
c/d = 0.282 :. tension-controlled
48EJg
fer = 1 53 X 1 06 mm4
Mer = 64.2 kN-m M sa =
w, c ; + � ecc
0.7(8 1 5 MPa)(4600 mm)(9050 mm)2
=
<!JM,, = 1 3 1 kN-m > Mer 8 2 8
Kb = 447 kN + 32.1 kN(75 mm)
= 28. 1 kN-m
M,'" = 63 .5 kN-m 2
M,, = 1 2 1 kN-m < <!JM,
Llu = 36 1 mm Using this value as the initial service load moment, the
B . 1 . 1 .3 M Load Case 3: 0. 9D + l . OW initial deflection is:
Fua = 28.9 kN
Fum = 1 07 kN Msa Ll 28. 1 kN-m
Wu = 6.00 N/mm �s = = 1 4.0 mm = 6. 1 3 mm
Fun/Ag = 0. 145 MPa < 0.06/c' = 1 .68 MPa Mer cr 64.2 kN-m
Ase = 5070 mm2 :. Ma = Msa + Fsmll s = 28. 1 kN-m + 1 1 8.5 kN (6. 1 3 mm)
a = 1 8.5 mm = 28 kN-m < (2/3)Mer = 42.8 kN-m
c = 2 1 .8 mm
c/d = 0.275 :. tension-controlled After iteration, maximum service load moment is 28.8
fer = 1 5 1 x 1 06 mm4 kN-m, leading to the iterated service load deflection of:
Mer = 64.2 kN-m
<!JM,, = 128 kN-m > Mer
K6 = 44 1 kN
M,'" = 62.5 kN-m
:. Lls = - M
"
Mer "'
� . =
28.8 kN-m
64.2 kN-m
(14.0 mm) = 6.28 mm
M,, = 92.4 kN-m < <!JM,

�u = 279 mm which is significantly less than the value allowed by ACI
Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8M-l l , R14.8.4, 3 1 8M, so adjustment to the panel stiffness is not needed.
With 1 .0D + 0.5L + w;,, and noting L = 0 because only roof Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
l�ad is applied to the panel: 3 1 8M- l l , 14.3.3:
As = 0.002Ag = 0.002( 1 60 mm) (9500 mm) = 3040 mm2

Therefore, 3 1 No. 10M bars should be used for the hori £ p

zontal reinforcement. Figure B. l . l .3M details panel rein Mua = wu 2c + a ecc u
forcement for this case. 8 2

B.1.2M Reinforcing steel at each face of the panel = 3.00 N/mm(9050 mm) 2 + 91.8 kN(75 mm)
------�--�
Assume 20 No. 1 0M bars per face (As = 2000 mm2 per face) 8 2
to meet minimum reinforcing steel requirements. Because = 34.2 kN-m
of the larger d distance for the doubly reinforced scheme,
a smaller area of steel would be adequate to provide neces
sary strength, but not sufficiently small enough to benefit
M,
(
1-� J[
34.2 kN-m = 52.6 kN-m < <j>M
196 kN
1- 0.75(747
.,...
- .- -----=;-
] "
from the minimum steel exemption of ACI 3 1 8M- l l , 1 0.5.3 0.75K6 kN)
(which allows the use of four-thirds ofthe steel area required .:1
by analysis instead of meeting the specified minimum rein � 52.6 kN-m = 93.9 mm
forcement ratio). " = 0.75K6 = 0.75(747 kN)
B.1.2.1M Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1 . 6Lr + 0.5W
Pua = 1 .2(32. 1 kN) + 1 .6(33.3 kN) = 9 1 .8 kN B.1 .2.2M Load Case 2: 1 .2D + 0.5Lr+ l .OW
Pum = 9 1 .8 kN + 1 .2(86.4 kN) = 196 kN Pua = 55.2 kN
W11 = 0.5(4600 mm)(1 304 Pa) = 3.00 N/mm
P111, = 1 59 kN
?,,,196 kN(1000 N/kN) 0.267 MPa < 0.06[/ = 1 .68 MPa W11 = 6.00 N/mm
Ag 160 mm(4600 mm) P1111,/Ag = 0.216 MPa < 0.06/c' = 1 .68 MPa
Ase = 2250 mm2
A = A + ?,,"'
se s
fy
(..!!._)
2d
a = 8.22 mm
c = 9.67 mm
( )
fer = 25 1 1 06 mm4
= 2000 mm2 + 196 kN 1 60 mm = 23 10 mm2 Mer = 64.2 kN-m
X
400 MPa 2(127 mm)

<J>Mn = 99.5 kN-m > Mer
Kb = 733 kN
a=
AsJy
= 23 10 mm2 (400 MPa) = S.44 mm Mua = 63.5 kN-m
0.85fc'b 0.85(28 MPa)(4600 mm)
Mu = 89.3 kN-m < <j>M,,
a 8.44 mm = 9.93 mm L111 = 163 mm
c = __ = B.1.2.3M Load Case 3: 0.9D + l .OW
0.85 0.85 Pua = 28.9 kN
Pum = 1 07 kN
..::_ = 0.078 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled W11 = 6.00 N/mm
d
(refer to ACI 3 1 8M- l l , R9.3.2.2) Pun/Ag = 0. 145 MPa < 0.06/c' = 1 .68 MPa
Ase = 2 1 70 mm2
c
�
f r = A ( d - c) 2 +
s
se
3
\C
= 8.044(23 10)(127 - 9.93) 2
a = 7.93 mm
c = 9.33 mm
+ 4600 mm(9.93 mm) 3 = fer = 243 106 mm4
x
256 x 106 mm4
3 Mer = 64.2 kN-m
Mer = 64.2 kN-m <j>M,, = 96. 1 kN-m > Mer
( - �)
Kb = 709 kN
q>M, = q>A,JY d M.w = 62.5 kN-m
Mu = 78.2 kN-m < <J>M,,
(
= 0.9(23 10 mm2 )(400 MPa) 127 mm S
.44 mm
2 ) = 102 kN-m L1u = 147 mm
<J>Mn > Mer exceed two-thirds of the cracking moment in the single
layer analysis, there is no need to repeat the calculation for
A
p = _.£. =
2000 mm 2 = 0.00272 > p = 0.0012 this analysis. Using the minimum horizontal reinforcing
1
bh 4600 mm(160 mm) steel requirements previously determined, but noting the
maximum spacing between bars is 450 mm, Fig. B. l .2.3M
K = 48EJ
b
cr = 48(24,900)(256 x l 06) = 747 kN details panel reinforcement for the double layer scheme.
£
5� 5(9050) 2 The aforementioned calculations neglected the effect of
the steel reinforcement in the opposite face, as is consistent
with common practice. Depending on the location of the
neutral axis within the panel cross section, this additional
st�_e l ��i_nforcement may serve as an additional amount of
20-#lQM VERTICAL EACH F
I
r E 2'-6'
I
5'-0'
I
5'-0'
I
5'-0'
I
2'-6'
<o
I
.=1-- I I 1 1 I
' ' ' ' JOIST
B E A R I NG
w
u
<{
LL.
:c
u
61/4' THICK
<{
w
PANEL
....J
<{
t- 0
z I
0
;;:)
!t_ UNBRA_CEQ
�
0:::
LENGTH
0
:c
:::2'
0
# 0
I I
N
N !b
L..__ - c.___
"'-TRIM BARS AS REO'D

BY ANALYSIS (TYPJ
4'-o·l 10'-0'
20'-0'
6'-0'
Fig. B. 1.2. 3M-Double-layer panel reinforcement.

Fig. B.2-Tilt-up panel with door opening offsetfrom panel
tension steel with a relatively small moment arm, but the net centerline.
effect of including it is minimal.
B.1.3M Summary ofpanel reinforcing steel-Neglecting
trim bars and miscellaneous reinforcing steel, the weight
of the primary horizontal and vertical reinforcing steel in
[
( 126.25in./ftin. ) 150 lb/ft3 4.0 n e9� n + 1.5 n)
+5.0 ft(3 1 .0 ft - 15.0 ft) 1 000 lb
](�)
the single mat option is 464 kg, compared with 45 1 kg for
the double mat option. The designer may consider other = 1 1 .3 kip
project considerations such as ease of placement, number
of repetitious panels, or the value of consistent detailing For the right leg
before selecting the most economical reinforcing steel
configuration.
8.2-Panel with a 10 x 1 5 ft door opening design
[
( 126.25in.in./ft ) 150 lb/ft3 6.0 n ( 29� ft + 1 .5 n )
+5.0 ft(3 1 .0 ft - 1 5.0 ft)
](�) 1000 lb
example
Figure B.2 illustrates the geometry of the sample panel = 1 3.9 kip
with a door opening offset from the panel centerline. The
panel supports the load from four roofjoists bearing in wall B.2.1 Left leg analysis: Reinforcing steel centered in panel
pockets (eccentric axial load) in addition to the wind (lateral thickness-Assume 12 No. 6 bars (As = 5.28 in.2). Joist loads
force). The door opening is offset from the horizontal center are divided between the individual legs assuming an equiva
line of the panel to demonstrate the effect of leg tributary lent simply supported beam across the top of the panel with
width on the design calculations. A summary of the applied the supports at the centerline of each leg.
loading is: B.2 . 1 . 1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1 . 6L, + 0.5W
PoL = 4(2.4 kip) = 9.6 kip Pua = 1 .2(4.5 kip) + 1 .6(4.7 kip) = 12.9 kip
PLL = 4(2.5 kip) = 10.0 kip P11111 = 12.9 kip + 1 .2(1 1 .3 kip) = 26.5 kip
ecc = 3 in. (assumed) W11 = 0.5(4.0 ft + 5.0 ft)(27.2 Jb/ft2) = 122 plf= 0.122 kif
w = 27.2 lb/ft2
fc = 3 1 .0 ft - 1 .5 ft = 29.5 ft Check vertical stress at the midheight section of panel per
The weight of the tilt-up panel above the design section ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.2.6:
(centerline of the unbraced length) should be divided as
follows: 26.5 kip(1 000 lb/kip) 88.3 psi < 0.06 f' 240 psi
For the left leg =
c
=
6.25 in.(4.0 ft)(12 in./ft)

A" = A' + P,,J;.,. (.!!.2d ..) = 5.28 in 2 + 26.5 kip (

6.25 in. =
60 ksi 2(3.13 in.)
)
5. 72 in.' p
=
A, = 3'08 in.' = 0.00733 > Pe = 0.001 5
bh 4.0 ft(12 in./ft)(8.7 5 in.)
A,JY 5.72 in.2 (60 ksi)
a= = = 2 _ 10 in. Check the applied moment per ACI 3 18-1 1 , 14.8.3:
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(4.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
4
Kb = 48EJcr = 48(3605 ksi)(292 in. ) = 80 _ 6 kip
c = __ = 2 · 10 = 2.47 in.
a 5£� 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)]'
0.85 0.85
+
Mua --w,/� P,,a ecc
!:.. = 0.791 > 0.375 (refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2) 8 2
d 0.122 klf(29.5 ft) 2 + 12.9 k(3 in.) _- 14 . 9 f1t-k'lp
_-
8 2(12 in./ft)
Therefore, the requirement of ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 14.8.2.3, that
the section be tension-controlled is not met. At this point,
there are two options: provide a double layer of reinforce
ment (as demonstrated in this example), or increase wall
=-__32.0
1- [
14 .9__ -k..ip.o_
ft_
kip =
0.75(80.6 kip)
]
. - = 3 1 .7 ft-kip < tt-.M
'Y "
panel thickness and repeat the analysis. To have a tension

controlled section for analysis, select a panel thickness of � � = 3 1 .7 ft-kip(1 2 in./ft) = 6 _ 29 in.
8.75 in. The d distance (using a 3.5 in. chair) is calculated " = 0.75Kb 0.75(80.6 kip)
to be 4.38 in.
Assume seven No. 6 bars (A, = 3.08 in.2). The weight of
B.2 . 1 .2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5Lr + l . OW
the tilt-up panel above the design section is 1 5.9 kip.
P11111 = 12.9 kip + 1 .2(1 5.9 kip) = 32.0 kip Pua = 7 .75 kip
Pum = 26.8 kip
P,,,
- 32.0 kip(IOOO lb/kip) = 76 2 pSI. < O 06 ;+', = 240 pSi. W11 = 0.245 klf
= · · c
Ag 8.75 in.(4.0 ft)(12 in./ft) Pun/Ag = 63.8 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
A =A +
se '
P,,, (.!!.2d ..)
JY
= 3 . 08 .
m.
2
+ (
32.0 kip 8.75 in. =
60 ksi 2(4.38 in.)
)
3 . 6 1 m.2 .
Ase = 3.53 in.2
a=
c
1 .30 in.
= 1 .53 in.
A,JY 3.61 in.2 (60 ksi) fer = 288 in.4
a= = = 1 .33 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(4.0 ft)(12 in./ft) Mer = 24.2 ft-kip
�M,, = 59.3 ft-kip > Mer
c = __ = 1 .33 = 1.56 in.
a Kb = 79.5 kip
0.85 0.85 M,/0 = 27.6 ft-kip
M,, = 50. 1 ft-kip < �M,,
!:.. = 0.356 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
�� = 10.1 in.
d B.2 . 1 .3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + ! .O W
Pua = 4.05 kip
c3
E
I cr = ___!_ A (d - c) 2 + -"'-
Ji Pum = 1 8.4 kip
) = 0.245 klf
se
Ec W11
in
= 8.044(3.61)(4.38 - 1 .56) 2 + (4 ·0 ft)(1 2 ./ft)(1 .56) 3 = 292 in.4
Pun/Ag = 43.8 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
3 Ase = 3 .39 in.2
a = 1 .25 in.
!,Ig = = 1 2
Mer = -
Y,
J,. S /,. -bt
6
( ) c = 1 .47 in.
= 0.474 ks{�) c4.0 ft)(8.75 in.)2 24.2 ft-kip =

fer = 282 in.4
Mer = 24.2 ft-kip
�M,, = 57.3 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 77.9 kip
'YM
tt-. 11
- (d-!!.2 ..)
tt-.'YAseJ:y
M,/0 = 27.2 ft-kip
M,, = 39.7 ft-kip < �M,,
0.9(3.61)(60{ 4.38- 1 .�3 ) 724 in.-kip 60.4 ft-kip

�� = 8. 1 5 in.
= = = Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8-1 1, R14.8.4,
with 1 .0D + 0.5L + Wa, and noting L = 0 because only roof
load is applied to the panel:

!!,.allowable = l �cO = 2.36 in. .!:.. = 0. 197

d
< 0.375 :. tension-controlled
(refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2)
!!,.cr = 5Mc,.f! ; = 0.392 in.
48EJg E
Icr
fl. c '
= , A (d - c) 2 + ,
se
Ec
w,.e; + P. ecc = 0.7(17 lb/ft 2 )(9.0 ft)(29.5 ft) 2
3
Msa = -- -- __:_
_ _....:._:
_ ___:
_:__ _
___:
( 4 · 0 ft)( 1 2 in . /ft)(0.984)' 3 4
8 2 8(1 000 lb/kip) = 8 . 044(2 . 28)( 5.0 - 0.9 84) 2 +
3
=
1 0 in
+
4.5 kip(3 in.) _ 12 . 2 f1t-klp.
-
M = 12.3 ft-kip
( -�) ( )
2(12 in./ft)
Using this value as the initial service load moment, the
<J>M, = <J>A,Jy d = 0.9(2.28)(60) 5.0- 0 · 37 �
initial deflection is: = 563 in.-kip = 46.9 ft-kip
<J>M,, > Mer
= M,a !!,. cr = 12 · 2 ft-kip 0.392 in. = 0. 198 in.
1'1 ,
p=-=
A, 2.0 in.2 = 0.00667 > p1 = 0.0012
Mer 24.2 ft-kip bh 4.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
: Ma = Msa + P51111'1 = 12.2 ft-kip + 20.4 kip(O. l 98 in.)
. s
4
= 12.5 ft-kip < (2/3)MCI. = 16. 1 ft-kip Kb = 48EJcr = 48(3605 ksi)(3 10 in. ) = 85.7 kiP
5£ ; 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)f
After iteration, maximum service load moment is 12.5
ft-kip, leading to the iterated service load deflection of: M == wu .{!2c + p1w ecc
110
8 2
1'1 s = Msa 1'1cr = 12 · 5 ft-kip 0.3 92 in. = 0.2 02 in. = 0.122 klf(29.5 ft) 2 + 12.9 kip(3 in.) = 1 4 . 9 ft-k'lp
Mer 24.2 ft-kip 8 2(12 in./ft)
M. = ( M; n1 - �·�.";�;p r54ft-kip <O'f.

0.75(85.7 kip )
which is significantly less than the value allowed by ACI 3 1 8. ! - --
"''
-
'-
It is important to consider the impact on the rest of the 0.75Kb
building structure when making a comparison between
selecting a larger panel thickness and implementing a double !'!,. �
layer of reinforcement for panel types consistent with this = = 25.4 ft-kip(12 in./ft) = 4 _ 74 in.
example.
II
0.75Kb 0.75(85.7 kip)
B.2.2 Left leg analysis: Reinforcing steel at each face of
the panel Assume 1 0 No. 4 bars per face (As = 2.0 in.2
-
B.2.2.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l.OW
per face) in the original 6.25 in. thickness. Joist loads are Pua = 7.75 kip
divided between the individual legs assuming an equivalent Pum = 2 1 .3 kip
simply supported beam across the top of the panel with the W11 = 0.245 kif
supports at the centerline of each leg. P11,,/Ag = 71 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
B.2.2.1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1 . 6L, + 0. 5W
Ase = 2.22 in.2
Pua = 12.9 kip a = 0.8 17 in.
pll/11 = 26.5 kip c = 0.96 in.
P111111Ag = 88.3 psi < 0.06f! = 240 psi c/d = 0. 192 :. tension-controlled
fer = 306 in.4
Ase = As + J>.,,
fy
(.!!._)
2d
Mer = 12.3 ft-kip
<j>M,, = 45.9 ft-kip > Mer
= 2 . OO Ill
60 ksi 2(5.00 in.)
(
. .2 + 26.5 kip 6.25 in. = 2 . 28 Ill. .2 ) Kb = 84.4 kip
Mua = 27.6 ft-kip
M,, = 4 1 .6 ft-kip < <j>M,,
1'111 = 7.88 in.
A,JY = 2.28 in.2 (60 ksi) B.2.2.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l .OW
a= = 0.837 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(4.0 ft)(12 in./ft) Pua = 4.05 kip
Pum = 14.2 kip
a
c = __ =
0 · 837 = 0.984 in. W11 = 0.245 kif
0.85 0.85 P11,,/Ag = 47.3 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
Ase = 2. 1 5 in.2
a = 0.790 in.
c = 0.929 in. E I! c3
c/d = 0. 1 86 :. tension-controlled I cr = --'- A (d - c) 2 + -'-
'-
Ec
se
3
fer = 299 in.4
(6 0 ft)(l 2 in./ft)(l .07)3 '
Mer = 12.3 ft-kip = 8.044(3.7 1)(4 .38 - 1 .07)2 + · = 355 in.
<j>M11 = 44.5 ft-kip > Mer 3
(6 )
Kb = 82.6 kip
I
M.w = 27.2 ft-kip Mer = J, g = J,S = J, ..!.bt 2
M., = 35.2 ft-kip < <J>M., Y,
flu = 6.82 in.
Checking the service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,
R14.8.4, with l .OD + 0.5L + w;,, and noting L = 0 because
{�J c6.0 ft)(8.75 in/ 36.3 ft-kip
= 0.474 ks =
only roof load is applied to the panel, the values for flallowabte
and Msa are the same as calculated for the singly reinforced <j>M" = AsJy ( d - �) = 0.9(3.7 1)(60) ( 4.38- 0 ·�10 )
analysis. For the 6.25 in. thickness, though, Msa exceeds = 786 in.-kip = 65.5 ft-kip > Mer
213(Mer). Therefore, the panel cracks and fer should be used
in iteration of deflections to revise Ma. A, 3.08 in.2
After iteration, maximum service load moment is 13.9 p=-= = 0.00489 > p1 = 0.001 5
ft-kip, leading to 6.0 ft(12 in./ft)(8.75 in.)
bh
fler = 5Mer £ ; = 0.547 in. Kb = 48EJcr = 48(3605 ksi)(356 in.4 ) = 98.2 kip
48EJg 5£ ; 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)f
£ 2e = 7.19 in. 1 8 . 1 ft-kip
[ ]
5M_n_
fl,. = _ = 37.3 ft-kip < 't'"'M "
48EJer 37.9 kip
1-
0.75(98.2 kip )
- (2 1 3)Mcr ) fl -
fl = (2 I 3)fl + (Ma ( (2 I 3)fl cr ) = 1.31 in. � 37. 3 ft-kip(1 2 in./ft) = 6.0 8 in.
s
(M,. - (2 1 3)Mcr ) n
o
fl = =
where M., and fer are taken from Load Case 3. This deflection
II
0.75Kb 0.75(98.2 kip)
is less than the value allowed by ACI 3 1 8, so adjustment to
the panel stiffness is not needed. B.2.3.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l. OW
B.2.3
Right leg analysis: Reinforcing steel centered in Pua = 8.77 kip
panel thickness-Assume seven No. 6 bars (As = 3.08 in?) Pum = 32.1 kip
in the 8.75 in. thickness required for B.2. 1 . 1 . Joist loads are Wu = 0.299 kif
divided between the individual legs assuming an equivalent Puu/Ag = 50.9 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
simply supported beam across the top of the panel with the Ase = 3 .61 in.2
supports at the centerline of each leg. a = 0.886 in.
B.2.3.1 Load Case f : f. 2D + f. 6L, + 0.5W c = 1 .04 in.
Pua = 1 .2(5.1 kip) + 1.6(5.3 kip) = 14.6 kip c/d = 0.238 :. tension-controlled
Pum = 14.6 kip + 1 .2(19.4 kip) = 37.9 kip fer = 350 in.4
Wu = 0.5(6.0 ft + 5.0 ft)(27 .2 Jblft2) = 1 50 plf = 0. 1 50 kif Mer = 36.3 ft-kip
P,,.,. = 37 · 9 kip( 1000 lb!kip) =
<j>A{., = 64.0 ft-kip > Mer
60.2 psi < 0.06!,' = 240 psi Kb = 96.7 kip
Ag 8.75 in.(6.0 ft)(12 in./ft) c
M.w = 33.6 ft-kip
A". = A' + P,,., (.!!.2d ._)

fr
= 3.08 in.' + 37 · 9 kip (
8 · 75 in. =
60 ksi 2(4.38 in.) J
3.71 in.2
M., = 60.3 ft-kip < <J>M.,
flu = 9.98 in.
B.2.3.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + L O W
Pua = 4.59 kip
AsJy 3.71 in.2 (60 ksi)
a= = = 0.910 in. Pum = 22. 1 kip
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(6.0 ft)(12 in./ft) Wu = 0.299 kif
Pu1111Ag = 35.0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
a
c = __ =
0.910 = 1 .07 in. Ase = 3 .45 in.2
0.85 0.85 a = 0.845 in.
c = 0.994 in.
.3_ = 0.245 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled c/d = 0.227 :. tension-controlled
d fer = 341 in.4
(refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2) Mer = 36.3 ft-kip
<j>A{., = 6 1 .3 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 94. 1 kip
7-"6 ?Jl-"4 tt
Li7-"6
M.w = 33. 1 ft-kip VERT. VERT.
�
VERTICA
M., = 48.2 ft-kip < <PM., 3' 3'
flu = 8.2 in.
1---- TRIMBARS AS REO'O
-'
...
BY ANALYSIS !TYP.l
Checking the service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , ....
:z:
Rl4.8.4, with l .OD + 0.5L + Wa, and noting L = 0 because 0
N lr- CRACK CONTROL
0::
REINFORCING AT
only roof load is applied to the panel (flallowable = 2.36 in.): 0
::c
REENTRANT CORNER
� v-- 1-"5
... HORIZ •
"
M'a -
-wsc; + �aec
c I
'=
8 2
0.7(1 7 1b/ft 2 )(1 1 .0 ft)(29.5 ft)2 5 . 1 kip(3 in.) .
= + 14.9 ft-kip
= ---d.
8(1000 lb/kip) 2(12 in ./ft ) -'
...
....
:z:
0
5M_c_
flcr = _ r £_2c = 0.392 in. N
0::
0
48EJg ::c
...
"
I
>e
initial deflection is:
Fig. B.2.3. 3-Single-layer panel reinforcement.
M,a
fl, = -- fl = 14.9 ft-kip 0.392 m. . = 0.16l m.
.
c/d = 0. 146 . tension-controlled
:
Mer cr 36.3 ft-kip
:. Ma = M,a + P,,fl , = 14.9 ft-kip + 24.5 kip(O. l 6 1 in.)
fer = 380 in.4
Mer = 18.5 ft-kip
15.2 ft-kip < 2Mcr 24.2 ft-kip
= =
<j>M., = 53.3 ft-kip > Mer
3 Kb = 1 05 kip
Mua = 18.1 ft-kip
After iteration, maximum service load moment is 15.2 M., = 30.0 ft-kip < M.,
ft-kip, leading to the iterated service load deflection of: flu = 4.58 in.
B.2.4.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l.OW
Pua 8.77 kip
=
1 5.2-ft-kip
fl, = Ma flcr - . = 0.164 Ill
-'-0.392 Ill. . . Pum = 25.5 kip
Mer 36.3 ft-kip W11 = 0.299 kif
Pu11/Ag = 56.6 psi < 0.06f! = 240 psi
which is less than the maximum permitted by ACI 3 1 8. Ase = 2.47 in.2
Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI a = 0.604 in.
3 1 8-1 1, 14.3.3. c = 0. 7 l l in.
c/d = 0. 142 :. tension-controlled
A, = 0.002Ag = 0.002(8.75 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)(12 in./ft) = 6.6 in.2 fer = 373 in.4
Mer = 1 8.5 ft-kip
Therefore, 33 No. 4 bars should be used for the horizontal M.1 = 52. 1 ft-kip > Mer
reinforcement. Additional reinforcement requirements are Kb = 1 03 kip
outlined in ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.3.7, for the header and jambs of Mua = 33.6 ft-kip
openings. Figure B.2.3.3 details panel reinforcement for the M., = 50. 1 ft-kip < <PM.,
single-layer scheme. flu = 7.78 in.
B.2.4 Right leg analysis: reinforcing steel at each face B.2.4.3 Load Case 3: 0. 9D + I. OW
of the panel Assume 1 1 No. 4 bars per face (As = 2.2 in.2
-
Pua = 4.59 kip
per face) in the original 6.25 in. thickness. Joist loads are Pum = 17. 1 kip
divided between the individual legs assuming an equivalent Wu = 0.299 kif
simply supported beam across the top of the panel with the P111,/Ag = 38.0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
supports at the centerline of each leg. Ase = 2.38 in.2
B.2.4.1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1.6L, + 0.5W a = 0.583 in.
Pua = 14.6 kip c = 0.686 in.
Pum = 3 1.3 kip c/d = 0.137 tension-controlled
:.
Wu = 0. 1 50 kif fer = 364 in. 4

Pun/Ag = 69.5 psi < 0.06f! = 240 psi Mer = 1 8.5 ft-kip
Ase = 2.53 in.2 <j>M., = 50.4 ft-kip > Mer
a = 0.619 in. Kb = 1 00 kip
c = 0.728 in. M.w = 33.1 ft-kip
I 0-0 4 �
1-�-t-=6---'-
-=:.:..:.-=.: ---j 11-04
.:.. 4----"r.
•4
V ER T . E.F. V ERT .E .F . 4'-9'
VERT . E .F .
I 1 I I GIRDER
r--- TRIMBARS AS REQ'D BEARING
BY ANALYSIS nYP .l
v- REINFORCING
CRACK CONTROL
AT
�
REENTRANT CORNER
v- 1-05 HORIZ.
61f4' THICK
PANEL
-d.
Jz
0I
LL
1 lt_ _LJ N B R E. C Ejl
W
"'
N
LENGTH
"'
0
:r:
..,.
12'-lYz'
.
I
�
Fig. B.2. 4. 3-Double-layer panel reinforcement.

Mu =
42 .8 ft-kip < <j>M,,
ll11 =
6.82 in. 15'-0"
Checking the service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , Fig. B. 3-Plain tilt-up panel with concentrated axial load.
R14.8.4, with l .OD + 0.5L + Wc,, and noting L = 0 because which is less than the maximum permitted by ACI 3 1 8, so no
only roof load is applied to the panel adjustment to the panel stiffness is necessary.
llal/owable = 2.36 in. Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
3 1 8-1 1 , 14.3.3:
Msa = --
w, £; + P,a ecc 0.7(17 lb/fe)(l l .O ft)(29.5 ft)2
-- = - -
--'-- - -
-'---
---'- - -
-'---
---'- - ---'.-
8 2 8(1 000 lb/kip) A, = 0.002Ag = 0.002(6.25 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)(12 in./ft) = 4.6 in.2
5 . 1 kip(3 in.)
+ 14 . 9 fit-klp.
_
- Because maximum bar spacing is 18 in., 22 No. 4 bars

2(12 in./ft) should be used on each face for the horizontal reinforce
ment. Additional reinforcement requirements are outlined in
This initial service moment without P-fl effects exceeds ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.3.7, for the headers and jambs of openings.
(2/3 )M 12.3 ft-kip, and the initial service load deflection
cr
=
Figure B.2.4.3 details panel reinforcement for the double
is calculated by: layer scheme.
B.2.5 Summary of panel reinforcing teel Neglecting s -
5Mc £; trim bars and miscellaneous reinforcing steel, the weight of

ll cr = , = 0.55 1 in. the primary horizontal and vertical reinforcing steel in the
48EJg single mat option is 1089 lb, compared with 1426 lb for the
5M £; double mat option. The designer should note that the single
fl , = , = 6.74 in. mat option required a panel thickness increase of2.5 in. This
48EJcr represents approximately 3.6 more cubic yards of concrete,
translating to a panel 14.7 kip heavier. Despite the savings
in reinforcing steel weight, the impact the thicker panel may
have on the remainder of the project should be investigated.
8.3-Panel with concentrated axial load design
example
using the values for M,, and fer from Load Case 3. After itera Figure B.3 illustrates the geometry of the sample panel
tion, maximum service load moment is 16.4 ft-kip, leading to: with a concentrated axial load. The panel supports the load
from one roof girder bearing in a wall pocket (eccentric axial
load) 4.75 ft from the right edge of the panel in addition to
the wind (lateral force). A summary of the applied loading is
PoL = 26.0 kip
Pu = 25.0 kip
ecc 3 in. (assumed)
=
w = 27.2 lb/ft2
le = 3 1 .0 ft -
1 .5 ft = 29.5 ft AJ 9.05 in.\60 ksi)
The weight of the tilt-up panel above the design section a= , Y = = l . l O in.
(centerline of the unbraced length) is 0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(12. 1 ft)(12 in./ft)
( 126.25in./ftin. ) 150 lb/ft3 (12. 1 ft) [ 29.52 ft + 1 .5 n](�)

1 000 lb
c = _a_ = l . l O = 1 .29 in.
0.85 0.85
= 15.4 kip !!._ 1 · 29
= = 0.333 :. tension-controlled
d 3.88
B.3.1 Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness
Assume 29 No. 6 bars (As = 12.8 in.2) in the design strip I cr =
£,c A (d - c)2 + (,.
E c'
se
3
illustrated.
B.3. 1 . 1 Load Case 1 : 1 .2D + 1 . 6L, + 0. 5W (12 · 1 ft)(l2 in./ft)(l .29)' 590 in.4
=
8.044(9 .05)(3.88 - ! .2W +
Pua = 1 .2(26.0 kip) + 1 .6(25.0 kip) = 7 1 .2 kip 3
fum = 71.2 kip + 1 .2(15.4 kip) = 89.7 kip
W11 = 0.5(12. 1 ft)(27.2 lb/ft2) = 165 plf= 0. 165 klf - f.,. S -
- f.lg -
M cr -
Yt
- f. ..!. bt 2
6 r
( )
ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 14.8.2.6: = 0.474 ks {�}12.1 ft)(7.75 in/ 57.5 ft-kip =
<J>A,JY ( -� ) 0.9(9.05)(60) ( 3.88 - ·� )

89.7 kip(1000 lb/kip) 1 0
= 98.6 psi < 0.06};'= 240 psi
6.25 in.(12. 1 ft)(12 in./ft) c
<j>M" = d =
= 1630 in.-kip = 135 ft-kip > Mer

A" = A' + P,,, (J!...2d )
JY
=
12.8 in.z + (
89.7 kip 6.25 in.
60 ksi 2(3 . 1 3 in.)
) =
14.3 in.z
p= A, =
bh
7.48 in.Z
1 2 . 1 ft(12 in./ft)(7.75 in.)
= 0.00665 > p1 = 0.001 5
A,JY 14.3 in.2 (60 ksi) Check the applied moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.3:
a= = = 1 .73 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(12. 1 ft)(12 in./ft) 4
Kb = 48E£Jcr = 48(3 605 ksi)(590 in.f ) = 1 63 kip
a 1 .73 = 2.04 in. 5� 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)
c = __ =
0.85 0.85 wll.e; �.a ecc
c
Mua --
8 + 2
0.653 > 0.375 (refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 9.3.2.2)
_- 0. 165 klf(29.5 ft) 2 + 7 1 .2 kip(3 in.) -_ 26 . 8 f1t-k'ip
- =
d
8 2(12 in./ft)
Therefore, the requirements of ACI 3 1 8-11, 14.8.2.3, that
the section be tension-controlled are not met. At this point,
there are two options: provide a double layer of reinforce
ment (as demonstrated in this example), or increase wall
M U
=
(1 - --
Mua
p
0.75Kb
[ 94. 1 kip ]
26.8 ft-kip = 1 17 ft-kip <
"''-'- ) 1 - 0.75(163
=
kip)
<PM II

� �
1 1 7 ft-k(12 in./ft) = 1 1 .4 in.
controlled section for analysis, select a panel thickness of = =
7. 75 in. The distance d (using a 3.0 in. chair to the horizontal " 0.75Kb 0.75(163 k)
bar) is calculated to be 3.88 in. Assume 1 7 No. 6 bars (As =
7.48 in.2) in the design strip. The weight of the tilt-up panel B.3.1.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l.OW
above the design section is 19.1 kip. Pua = 43.7 kip
Pum = 66.6 kip
P11111 = 7 1 .2 kip + 1 .2(19. 1 kip) = 94. 1 kip
W11 = 0.329 klf
P,,, 94. 1 kip(1 000 lb/kip) P1111,/Ag = 59. 1 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
- = t' = 240 pSi.
= 83 · 5 pSi. < 0 ·06J,
Ag 7.75 in.(12.1 ft)(12 in./ft) c
Ase = 8.59 in.2
A" = A' + P,,, (J!...2d )

JY
=
7.48 in.z + (
94. 1 kip 7.75 in.
60 ksi 2(3.88 in.)
) =
9.05 in?
a = 1 .04 in.
c = 1 .23 in.
c/d = 0.3 1 6 :. tension-controlled
fer = 574 in.4
Mer = 57.5 ft-kip
3-'*4 VERT.
?I
17-'*6 VERTICAL
I
wl;
Msa = - - + P'aecc
8
-- = 0.7(1 7 lb/ft2)(12.1
2
-------
8(1 Jb/kip)
� ft)2
ft)(29.5
000
---
+
26.0 kip(3 in.) = 1 8 . 9 ft-k"lp
2(12 in./ft)

...J
<(
initial deflection is:
f
:z:
0 fl = Msa fl er = ·
1 8 9 ft-kip 0.443 in. = 0.1 46 in.
N
0::
0
5Mer 57.5 ft-kip
I
<T
"
:. Ma = Msa + P5111fl 5 = 1 8.9 ft-kip + 45. 1 kip(0. 146 in.)
I
en
N
= 19.5 ft-kip < (2/3)Mer = 38.3 ft-kip
I2'-IY2' After iteration, maximum service load moment is 19.5

ft-kip, leading to the iterated service load deflection of:
� fl = Ma fl cr = 19 · 5 ft-kip 0.443 in. = 0 . 1 50 in.
"-._.TRIMBARS AS REO I 0
5 Mer 57.5 ft-kip
BY ANALYSIS (TYP .)
Fig. B.3. I. 3-Single-layer panel reinforcement. which is less than the maximum permitted by ACI 3 1 8, so no
adjustment to the panel stiffness is necessary.
<j>M11 = 130 ft-kip > Mer Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
Kb = 1 59 kip 3 1 8-1 1, 14.3.3:
M.w = 41.3 ft-kip
M., = 94.0 ft-kip < <J>M., As = 0.002Ag = 0.002(7.75 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)(12 in./ft) = 5.8 in.2
flu = 9.48 in.
B.3.1.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + 1 .0 W Therefore, 29 No. 4 bars should be used for the horizontal
Pua = 2 3.4 kip reinforcement. Figure B.3.1.3 details panel reinforcement
Pum = 40.6 kip
Wu = 0.329 kif
Pu11,/Ag = 36.0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
for this case.
B.3.2 Reinforcing steel at eachface ofthe panel Ass me
16 No. 4 bars per face (As = 3.2 in.2 per face) in the design
- u
Ase = 8.16 in.2 strip in the original 6.25 in. thickness.

a = 0.989 in. B.3.2.1 Load Case I: I. 2D + I. 6Lr + 0. 5W
c = 1 . 1 6 in. Pua = 7 1 .2 kip
c/d = 0.300 :. tension-controlled Pwn = 89.7 kip
fer = 559 in.4 Wu = 0. 165 klf
Mer = 57.5 ft-kip Pu1111Ag = 98.6 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
P,,"' (}!__)
<j>M,, = 124 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 1 54 kip Ase = As + fy
M,/Q = 38.8 ft-kip
( )
2d
M., = 59.8 ft-kip < <j>M,, . 89.7 kip 6.25 in. . 2
- 3 .20 Ill. 2 +
_ _
flu = 6.20 in. - 4 . 13 Ill.
Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, R14.8.4, 60 ksi 2(5.00 in.)
with 1 .0D + 0.5L + Wa, noting L = 0 because only roof load AsJy 4.13 in.Z (60 ksi)
is applied to the panel a= = = 0.501 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(12.1 ft)(12 in./ft)
fl allowable = � = 2.36 in.
15 O a 0 501
c = __ = · = 0.590 in.
5M · £_2e = 0.443 in. 0.85 0.85
fler = __o_
48EJg
!!.._ = 0 .1 1 8 < 0.375 :.
tension-controlled
d
(refer to commentary to ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 9.3.2.2)
Licensee=Chongqing Institute o f quality and Standardizationb 5990390

American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Ull'll!fWIAA�ncrete.org
�
�� -�-��6�--#4�V�E�RT�-�E�.F�-�
I
E
, A (d - c)2 + R "c3
3-#4 VERT. E.F.
�
I
=
cr Ec se
)
( . ) in./ft)(0. 5 90)J 65 6 4
= 8.044(4.13)(5 .0- 0. 590)' + 1 2 1 ft (l 2 in
=
3
Mer = 37.4 ft-kip
!pM, = !pAJY d ( -�) w
u
<{
= 0.9(4. 13)(60) ( 5.0 -- - ) = 1 060 m.-kip

LL.
0.501 . . t1 . :r:
u
= 88.3 t-k1p <{
2 w
....J
<{
<!JM,, > Mer f
.z
0
p=-s= A 3.2 in.2 = 0.00353 > p 1 = 0.0012

N
a::
0
12. 1 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
bh :r:
..
#
I
K = 48EJcr = 48(3605 ksi)(657 in.4 ) = 1 8 1 ki

b
N
N 1 2�-w2·
5e ; 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)f P
M,a -
_
w,,R� + P.w eec -
8 2 "'---TRIM
1 BARS AS REO D
I
= 0. 165 klf(29.5 ft)2 + 7 1 .2 kip(3 in.) = 26.8 ft-kip BY ANALYSIS (TYP.)

8 2(12 in./ft)
Fig. B.3.2. 3-Double-layer panel reinforcement.
M. = ;-"'-
(1 - -0.75Kb
M
"
r [1 - :9��p r 78 8 ft-kip < OM.
26 Mer = 37.4 ft-kip
cpM,, = 77.2 ft-kip > Mer
0.75(181 kip) K6 = 162 kip
�
M11a = 38.8 ft-kip
�. = = 78. 8 ft-kip(1 2 in./ft) = 6.95 in. M,, = 55.9 ft-kip < cpM,,
I 0.75Kb 0.75(1 8 1 kip) �� = 5.5 1 in.
Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , R14.8.4,
B.3.2.2 Load Case 2: 1. 2D + 0.5L, + l . OW with 1 .0D + 0.5L + w;,, noting L = 0 because only roof load
P11a = 43.7 kip is applied to the panel:
plll11 = 62.2 kip
W11 = 0.329 kif � = � = 2.36 in.
allowable
P11n/Ag = 68.4 psi < 0.06fc1 = 240 psi 1 5O
Ase = 3.85 in.2 5M · £_2c = 0.549 in.
a = 0.467 in. L1 cr = __o_
48EJg
c 0.549 in.
=
c/d = 0. 1 10 :. tension-controlled ws.e:. + �aecc

fer = 62 1 in.4 M
'"
=
8 2
Mer = 37.4 ft-kip 0.7(17 lb/ft2 )(12.1 ft)(29.5 ft)' + -
26.0
- p (3-
ki....!. ...C.
in.)
-'-
cpM,, = 82.5 ft-kip > Mer = 1 8.9 ft-kip
8(1000 lb/kip) 2(1 2 in./ft)
K6 = 1 72 kip
M,IG 4 1 .3 ft-kip
=
M,, = 80.0 ft-kip < cpM,, Using this value as the initial service load moment, the
�� = 7.46 in. initial deflection is:
B.3.2.3
L1 s = Ms � r = 1 8 · 9 ft-kip 0.549 in. = 0.277 in.
Load Case 3: 0.9D + I. OW a
P11a = 23.4 kip Mer e 37.4 ft-kip
plll11 = 37.3 kip
W11 = 0.329 kif :. Ma = Ms a + P5111� s = 1 8.9 ft-kip + 41 .4(0.277 in.)
P11n/Ag 4 1 .0 psi < 0.06fc1 240 psi
= =
= 19.9 ft-kip < (2/3)Mer = 24.9 ft-kip
Ase = 3.59 in.2
a = 0.435 in. After iteration, maximum service load moment is 19.9
c = 0.5 12 in. ft-kip, leading to the iterated service load deflection of
c/d = 0. 102 :. tension-controlled M ft-k
L1 s = s � cr = 1 9 · 9 ip 0.54 9 in. = 0.29 2 in.
a
fer = 588 in.4 Mer 37.4 ft-kip
<.!) PD{anopy= 0.9 kip

I
'
- pLLcanopy= 5.4 kip
- JOIST R w = 27.2 lb/ft2
BEARING ec = 3 1 .0 ft -1.5 ft = 29.5 ft
a = 1 6.0 ft - 1 .5 ft = 14.5 ft
b = 6.0 ft
0
I
The weight of the tilt-up panel above the design section
w
- 0
( ) [ ] (�)
61/4 " T H I C K
PANEL
p
conopy
6 · 25 in.
12 in./ft
9 5 ft
1 50 lb/fe (15. o ft) 2 · + 1 .5 ft
2 1000 lb
= 1 9.0 ki p
0
I
0
I .D
�� py
ED
2
H
Similarly, only half of the canopy load is applied to the
face of the panel above the design section, so only half of the
w load is used in the calculations that follow.
B.4 . 1 Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness
Assume 19 No. 6 bars (As = 8.36 in.2).
0
6'-0"
I B.4 . 1 . 1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1 . 6Lr + 0.5W
Pua = 1 .2[7.2 kip + 0.5(0.9 kip)] + 1 .6[7.5 kip + 0.5(5.4 kip)]
I
Cn = 25.5 kip
-
6 ' O"P
canopy
Pum = 25.5 kip + 1 .2(19.0 kip) = 48.3 kip
R
2(29'-6") W11 0.5(15.0 ft)(27.2 Jb/ft2) = 204 plf= 0.204 kif
=

E Q U I V A L EN T C A N O P Y ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.2.6:
LOAD DIAGRAM
Fig. B. 4-Plain tilt-up panel with canopy. �/Ill 48 · 3 k(1 000 lb/kip) = 42.9 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
6.25 in.(1 5.0 ft)(1 2 in./ft)
which is less than the value allowed by ACI 3 1 8.
Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
3 18-1 1 , 14.3.3: Check the design moment strength:
As = 0.002Ag = 0.002(6.25 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)(l 2 in./ft) = 4.6 in.2 A =A +
se s
P,"' (.!!.._)
fy 2d
Maximum spacing ofthe horizontal bars is 1 8 in.; therefore,
22 No. 4 bars on each face should be used. Figure B.3.2.3
. 2 + 48.3 kip 6.25 in. = 9 . 17 . 2
= 8 . 36 Ill.
60 ksi 2(3 . 1 3 in.)
( J Ill .
details panel reinforcement for the double layer scheme.

B.3.3 Summary of panel reinforcing steel Neglecting A Jy 9. 17 in.2 (60 ksi)
a= s = = 0.89 9 in.
-
trim bars and miscellaneous reinforcing steel, the weight of 0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(l5.0 ft)(l2 in./ft)
the primary horizontal and vertical reinforcing steel in the
single mat option is 1 129 lb, compared with 1210 lb for the
double mat option. The designer should note that the single c = __!!_ _ = 0 · 899 = 1 .06 in.
0.85 0.85
mat option required a panel thickness increase of 1 .5 in. This
represents approximately 2.2 more cubic yards of concrete, � = 0.339 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
translating to a panel 8.7 kip heavier. Despite the savings in d
reinforcing steel weight, the impact the thicker panel may (refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2)
have on the remainder of the project should be investigated.
'
1cr = E, A (d - ) 2 + .., c
£
8.4-Panel with concentrated lateral load design Ec se c 3
example
(15 · 0 ft)(12 in./ft)(l .06)' 386 in.<
Figure B.4 illustrates the geometry of the sample panel = 8.044(9. 17)(3. 1 3 - 1 .06)2 +
3
with a concentrated lateral load. In this example, a canopy
is added to the plain panel from Fig. B.l. The load diagram
illustrates a horizontal force couple on the face of the panel,
which replaces the eccentric vertical load from the canopy.
MCI = J,Ig
Yt
= J,.S = !,. (6 2)
..!. bt
A summary of the applied loading is

PDLroof= 3(2.4 kip) = 7.2 kip
= 0.474 ks {�) (15.0 ft)(6.25 in/ = 46.3 ft-kip
Pdoof= 3(2.5 kip) = 7.5 kip
ecc roof= 3 in. (assumed)
American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�mcrete.org
<PM, = !pA,JY ( d- �) c/d = 0.323 :. tension-controlled

f r = 377 in.4
e
2 ( . .
= 0.9(9. 17)(60) 3.13- 0.899 = 1 320 m.-kip )
t1 .
= 1 1 0 t-k1p
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
<!JM,, = 1 06 ft-kip > Mer
K6 = 1 04 kip
Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , M,/0 = 46.4 ft-kip
I4.8.2.4: M,, = 67.0 ft-kip < <!JM,,
�� = 10.3 in.
Check service load deflection per ACI 3 I 8-I I , R14.8.4,
with 1 .0D + 0.5L + Wa, and noting L = 0 because only roof
Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 I8-1 1 , load is applied to the panel
I4.3.2:
A, 8.36 in.2 � allowable = � = 2.36 in.
p=-= = 0.00743 > p 1 = 0.00 1 5 15 O
bh I 5.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
L1 cr =
5Mer £ ; 0.549 in.
=
Check applied moment per ACI 3 18-1 1 , I4.8.3 48EJg

4
Kb = 48E£Jer = 48(3 605 ksi)(386 in.2 ) = 107 kiP Msa
w £2 + psraoofe of + Hba
= -
' _
c
ro
cc --
5; 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)] 8 2 £c
r
w e_2c + puaoof e"'o
cc f + -
H" ba 0.7(1 7 lb/ft 2 )(15.0 ft)(29.5 ft) 2 + 7.2-
kip(3 in.)-'-
Mua
"
= -
_
= '-'-- -
8 2 ec 8(IOOO lb/kip) 2(12 in./ft)
2
0.204 klf(29.5 ft) + 20.6 kip(3 in.) + - 4.9---'
kip(6.0
'-'---ft)(l4.5
....:.
- ...0.. ft).
---C + 0.9 kip(6.0 ft)(14.5 ft)
=
= 23.0 ft-kip
8 2(12 in./ft) 29.5 ft 29.5 ft
= 39.2 ft-kip
; [ 39:8�-�ipp ] Using this value as the initial service load moment, the
(1 - -0.75K-"'-'' -b )
M
M, = = = 99.0 ft-kip < <PM, initial deflection is
1-
0.75(107 kip)
L1 M,a 23 0 ft-kip
� 99.0 ft-kip (12 in./ft) 14 9 . s Mer �er 46.3· ft-kip 0.549 in. = 0.27 3 in.
= =
A = =
'-' . Ill.
" 0.75Kb 0.75(107 kip) :. Ma = Msa + Psm� s = 23.0 ft-kip + 27. I (0.273 in.)
= 23.6 ft-kip < (2/3)Mer = 30.9 ft-kip
+
B.4.1.2 Load Case 2: 1 .2D 0.5L, + l . OW
P11a = 14.3 kip After iteration, maximum service load moment is 23.6
P11111 = 37. I kip ft-kip, leading to an iterated service load deflection of:
w, = 0.408 kif
P11,,/Ag = 33.0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi L1 aM, � = 23 · 6 ft-kip 0.549 in. = 0.280 in.
Ase = 8.98 in.2 s = Mr er 46.3 ft-kip
a = 0.880 in. e
c = 1.04 in.
c/d = 0.332 tension-controlled
:. which is significantly less than the value allowed by ACI 3 1 8.
fer = 382 in.4 Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip 3 18-1 1, 14.3.3:
<!JM,, = 108 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 105 kip A, = 0.002Ag = 0.002(6.25 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)(12 in./ft) = 4.6 in. 2
M,IG = 5 I .5 ft-kip
M,, = 97.4 ft-kip < <!JM,, Therefore, 23 No. 4 bars should be used for the horizontal
�� = 14.8 in. reinforcement. Figure B4. 1.3 details panel reinforcement for
+
B.4.1.3 Load Case 3: 0. 9D l . OW this case.
P11a = 6.89 kip B.4.2 Reiriforcing steel at each face ofthe panel Assume -
P11111 24.0 kip

= 16 No. 4 bars per face (As = 3.20 in. 2 per face) to meet
W11 = 0.408 kif minimum reinforcing steel requirements.
+ +
P11,/Ag = 21.3 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi B.4.2.1 Load Case 1: 1.2D 1 . 6L, 0.5W
Ase = 8.76 in.2 P11a = 25.5 kip
a = 0.859 in. P11111 = 48.3 kip
c = l .O I in. W11 = 0.204 kif
19- # 6 VERTICAL w £2 pmof ecc

'""I + -
M oa
H" ba
-
=-
" -c + ua
8 2 £c
=
0.2 klf(29.5 W + 20.6 kip(3 in.) + -4.9---'
kip(6.0
'--'--f....:.
t)(1- ...:.. 4.5
� ft)
8 2(12 in./ft) 29.5 ft
= 3 9.2 in.-kip
M, =
( ;
M = [1 - 39:8�;�rp ]
= 62.4 ft-kip < <J>M,
_j
<1:
f
:z
0
r:::J
1 "
0.75Kb
---"-'-
J
0.75(173 kip)
0:: �" � 62.4 ft-kip(12 in./ft)
0 = 5.7 6 in.
:r: = =
"'" 0.75Kb 0.75(173 kip)
#I
iY"l
N
B.4.2.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + I. OW
Pua = 14.3 kip
pl/111 = 37.1 kip
W11 = 0.408 klf
P111111Ag = 33.0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
- ��========� Ase = 3.59 in.2
'LTRIM BARS AS REO'D a = 0.352 in.
BY ANALYSIS (TYP.l c = 0.414 in.
Fig. B. 4. 1. 3-Single-layer panel reinforcement.
!Cl. = 6 1 1 in.4
P11,/Ag = 42.9 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
A =A +
'e '
P,,J;,., (.!!.2d ..) = 3.20 in.z + (
48.3 kip 6.25 in. =
60 ksi 2(5.00 in.)
)
3.70 in.z
<j>M,, = 77.9 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 1 69 kip
M,/a = 5 1 .5 ft-kip
A,JY = Mu = 72.8 ft-kip < <j>M,,
a=
3.70 in.Z (60 ksi) = 0.363 in. �� = 6.91 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft) B.4.2.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l.OW
Pua = 6.89 kip
a
c = __ =
0 · 363 = 0.427 in. pl/111 = 24.0 kip
0.85 0.85 W11 = 0.408 klf
P111111Ag = 2 1 .3 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
.3_ = 0.085 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled Ase = 3.45 in.2
d a = 0.338 in.
(refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2) c = 0.398 in.
fer = 592 in.4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
: = 8.044(3.70)(5.0 - 0.4 27)2 +

;
(1 5.0 ft)(12 i ./ft)(0.4 27)3
<j>M,, = 75.0 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 1 63 kip
M,lO = 46.4 ft-kip
= 628 in.4 M,, = 57.7 ft-kip < <j>M,,
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip �� = 5.65 in.
mM
'I' ',' -
- mA
' 'I' selr d - 2( J
!!._
y
exceed two-thirds of the cracking moment in the aforemen
0.9(3.70)(60) ( 5.0 - 0·�63 J
tioned single-layer analysis, there is no need to repeat the
= = 964 in.-kip 80.3 ft-kip
=
calculation for this analysis.
Using the minimum horizontal reinforcing steel require
<j>M,, > Mer ments previously determined, but noting the maximum bar
A = 3 · 20 in.2 spacing is 1 8 in., Fig. B.4.2.3 details panel reinforcement
p=
,
= 0.00284 > p 1 = 0.0012 for the double layer scheme. The designer is encouraged to
1 5.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
bh investigate the impact of load reversal due to wind uplift
er = 48(3605 ksi)(628 in.4 ) = 173 kip forces and how it would impact the reinforcing steel design
Kb = 48EJ
£ for both the single and double mat options.
5� 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)f
No reproduction oror mg permitted without license from IHS
::0
,I
- JOIST
BEARING
0
w I
u
<(
LL
� 61/4' THICK
PANEL
::r::
u
<(
w
_j
<(
f- '----
z F.F. ELEV.
0
N
0::
0
::r::
<T ::0 0
" I I
N
I Ln
<:r �
N
- IE:::�
: ========ll
- F.F. ELEV.
�TRIM BARS AS REO'D

BY ANALYSIS (TYP.l
0
Fig. B. 4.2. 3-Double-layer panel reinforcement. I
�
B.4.3 Summary of panel reinforcing steel-Neglecting
trim bars and miscellaneous reinforcing steel, the weight
the single mat option is 1 101 lb, compared with 1 1 08 lb
for the double mat option. The designer may consider other
project considerations, such as ease of placement, number Fig. B. S-Multi-story tilt-up panel with no openings.
of repetitious panels, or the value of consistent detailing
before selecting the most economical reinforcing steel where roof framing members are assumed to bear on seats in
configuration. wall pockets and the floor framing members are assumed to
bear on sufficiently stiff seats such that the eccentric vertical
8.5-Multi-story panel design exam ple load is at the face of the panel.
Multi-story tilt-up panel design presents unique chal Bending moment diagrams for the three-span continuous
lenges not encountered in the previous examples. To be panel are shown for each ACI load case considered based
economical, the process for choosing the panel thickness is on the applied loads without considering the P-!:l effect.
much different than a typical single-story application, and The weight of the tilt-up panel above the design section is
can often result in a much thinner section. Consequently, calculated individually for each load case because location
stresses on the panel during lifting and temporary construc of the maximum moment differs. This example assumes
tion conditions where the roof, intermediate floors, or both, the moment magnification due to P-!:l effects increases the
are not attached, should be investigated for the influence on positive and negative moment proportionally by the same
required vertical reinforcing steel. The designer should care amount.
fully select which vertical loads will be present in the tempo B.S . l Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness
rary condition, and what, if any, reduction can be taken on Assume 1 1 No. 6 bars (As = 4.84 in. 2) to satisfy maximum
the applied lateral load. bar spacing limitations.
This example examines the reinforcing steel required B.S . l . l Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1. 6L, + O.SW (Fig.
for the final in-service condition only. Figure B.5 is a cross B . S. J. l)-Check vertical stress at the midheight section of
section of the sample multistory panel with no openings. A the first-story panel segment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.2.6:
(--)
summary of the applied loading is:
6.25 in. (1 5.0 ft) [45.5 ft - 7.9 ft ] 1 kip 44. 1 kip
P0{00f= 3(2.4 kip) = 7.2 kip . Yc
12 m./ft 1000 lb
=
Pu'-oof= 3(2.5 kip) = 7.5 kip

ecc roof= 3 in. (assumed)
Po/00,.= 6(2.95 kip) = 1 7.7 kip pl/111 = 1 .2[7.2 kip + 2(17.7 kip) + 44.1 kip] + 1.6(7.5 kip) = 116 kip
PL/oor= 6(5.0 kip) = 30.0 kip
w = 27.2 lb/ft2
(6 )
12
Me
r
= j,Jg = J,.S = f ..!.bt 2
y,
= 0.474 ks {i) (15.0 ft)(6.25 inY = 46.3 ft-kip

qJMn = qJA,Jy ( d- �)
{ )
= 0.9(5.29)(60 3.13 - 0·�19 = 819 in.-kip = 68.3 ft-kip

14.8.2.4:
16 L_
Fig. B.5. 1. 1-Bending moment diagram from lateral and
ecc�ntric vertical loads (Load Case 1). Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,
'
14.3.2:
p1111l 1 16 kip(1 000 lb/kip) = 103 psi < 0.06f' = 240 psi
A' 6.25 in.(15 .0 ft)(12 in./ft) c
g p
=A = , 4· 84 in.Z = 0.00430 > Pe = 0.00 15
bh 15.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
Panel weight at maximum positive moment:
6 ·25 in.
1 2 in./ft y c
(15.0 ft) (45.5 ft - 15.8 ft - 13.8 ft - 1 1 .2 ftJ �( )
1000 lb
Check applied moment per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 14.8.3:
= 5.5 1 kip 4
Kb = 48EJcr = 48(3605 ksi)(283 in. ) = 332 kiP
5e ; 5[14.3 ft(12 in./ft)]2
Panel weight at maximum negative moment: Mua = 5.9 ft-kip
6.25 in. Y (15.0 ft) 45.5 ft - 1 5.8 ft ] 1-kip
-12--
1. n-./ft- c [ - (
- = 34.8 kip. )
1 000 lb
Check design moment strength to compare to the
maximum positive moment:
[1- 0.75(332
27.3 kip ]
5.9 ft-kip
kip)
6.62 ft-kip < qJMn
P11111 = 1 .2(7.2 kip + 5.5 1 kip) + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 27.3 kip �

= � = 6.62 ft-kip(12 in./ft) = 0.3 19 in.
P,," (}!__)
" 0.75Kb 0.75(332 kip)
A se
=A +
s
J y 2d
(
where the unbraced length of 14.3 ft is the distance between
. 2 + 27.3 kip 6.25 in. = 5 . 29 Ill.
= 4. 84 Ill.
60 ksi 2(3 .13 in.)
. 2 ) supports of the span with maximum positive moment.
a = A,JY = 5.29 in.2 (60 ksi) = 0.5 19 in. maximum negative moment:
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
pl/111 = 1 .2[7.2 kip + 2(17.7 kip) + 34.8 kip] + 1.6(7.5 kip) = 105 kip
c = -a- = 0 · 519 = 0.61 1 in.
0.85 0.85
A" =
JY 2d
()
A' + P,,, !!__ =
4.84 in.2 + I
05 kip 6.25 in.
(
60 ksi 2(3.13 in.)
) =
6.59 in.2
� = 0. 1 95 < 0.375 :.
tension-controlled A,JY 6.59 in.2 (60 ksi)
d a= = = 0.646 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
(refer to commentary to ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2)
I" = !'c A,e (d - c)2 ji{
+ = 8.044(5.29)(3 . 1 3 - 0.61 1) 2 c = __!!____ = 0 · 646 = 0.760 in.
0.85 0.85
+ (1 5.0 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.61
3
1)3 =
283 in.4 � = 0.243 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
d
American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl'Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
z+
ll
E 1! we 3
' A (d - c )
Ec
se
3
= 8.044(6.59)(3. 1 3 - 0.760)2 + (15 .0 ft)(12 in./3 ft)(0.760)3
= 323 in.4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
q>M, =
( d - �)
q>A,JY
= 0.9(6.59)(60) ( 3 . 1 3 - 0 ·�46 ) = 997 in.-kip = 83.1 ft-kip
From the above analysis for the positive moment case, the -20
moment magnification term is: Fig. B.5. 1.2-Bending moment diagram from lateral and
eccentric vertical loads (Load Case 2).
1 = 1
] = 1 . 12
(
....,-
-
1-�
-- ----..,...
0.75Kb
) [ 27.3 kip
1 - 0.75(332 kip)
fer = 351 in.4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
<j>M,1 = 94.7 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 336 kip
Therefore, the applied negative moment per ACI 3 18-1 1 , Mw = 10.2 ft-kip
14.8.3, is: M, = 30.9 ft-kip < <j>M,
M, = 1 . 12(8. 1 ft-kip) = 9.07 ft-kip < <j>M, L'l.11 = 1 .47 in.
L'l.u = O in.
B.5. 1 .2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l.OL + l .O W (Fig. Check design moment strength to compare to the
B.5. 1.2)-Check vertical stress at the midheight section of maximum negative moment:
the first-story panel segment per ACI 3 18-1 1 , 14.8.2.6:
6 · 25 in. (15.0 ft) ( 45.5 ft - 7.9 ft] � 44. 1 kip
12 in./ft yc 1000 lb
( )= P11111 = 157 kip
Ase = 7.45 in.4
a = 0.730 in.
c = 0.859 in.
P11111 = 1 .2[7.2 kip + 2(17.7 kip) + 44. 1 kip) + 0.5(7.5 kip)
fer = 346 in.4
.
c/d = 0.275 : tension-controlled
+ 1 .0(2)(30.0 kip) = 168 kip
�tm 168 kip(1 000 lb/kip) =
6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft) 149 psi < 0.06 f' 240 psi c
= Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
<j>M,, = 92.5 ft-kip > Mer
M, = 3.03(1 8.3 ft-kip) = 55.4 ft-kip < <j>M,
L'l.u = 0 in.
6 · 25 in. (1 5.0 ft) ( 45.5 ft - 7. 1 ft ] � 45.0 kip
12 in./ft y c 1000 lb
( )= B.5.1.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l.OW (Fig. B.5. 1.3) -Check
vertical stress at the midheight section ofthe first-story panel
segment per ACI 3 1 8-11, 14.8.2.6.
Panel weight at maximum negative moment: 6 · 25 in. (1 5.0 ft) (45.5 ft - 7.9 ft ] � = 44. 1 kip
1 2 in./ft yc
( )
(
1000 lb
6 · 25 in. (1 5.0 ft) ( 45.5 ft - 1 5.8 ft] �
12 in./ft y c 1000 lb 34.8 ki
p )= pl/111 = 0.9[7.2 kip + 2(17.7 kip) + 44. 1kip] = 78.0 kip
78.0 kip(l OOO lb/kip) = 69.3 psi < 0.06f,' = 240 psi
Check design moment strength to compare to the 6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
pl/111 = 169 kip Panel weight at maximum positive moment:
Ase = 7.66 in.2
a = 0.75 1 in.
c = 0.884 in.
- -
6.25 in. (1 5.0 ft) (45.5 ft - 6.6 l 1-kip 45.6 ki.p
1 2 . n ./ft yc
--- 1 ft -
1000 lb
( -) =
American Concrete ln'stitute Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb 5990390

No reproduction or n�.tworking permitted without license from IHS
Service load deflections between each support are limited

by ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.4. Applied service load moments
are obtained in the same manner as the factored moments
mentioned previously. By inspection, the factored displace
ments are approximately equal to or less than the values
permitted by the code, and it is safe to assume the service
load deflections are acceptable.
� 15.8 ft(12 in./ft) = 1 .26 in.
� allowable
=
1 50
=
1 50
= 1 3.8 ft(12 in./ft) = l . l O in.
150
= 14.3 ft(12 in./ft) = 1 . 1 4 in.
150
-16 L-�--�----
Fig. B.5. I. 3-Bending moment diagram from lateral and Check horizontal reinforcement m the panel per ACI
eccentric vertical loads (Load Case 3). 3 1 8-1 1, 14.3.3.
Panel weight at maximum negative moment: As = 0.002Ag = 0.002(6.25 in.)(45.5 ft)(12 in./ft) = 6.8 in.2
6.25 in.
-- -
1 2 . n ./ft
(
1-- Y e (l 5 . 0 ft) [45.5 ft - 15.8 ft J --- = 34.8 kip
l kip
1 000 lb
. ) Therefore, 34 No. 4 bars should be used for horizontal
reinforcement. Panel reinforcement details are not illustrated
for this case as a reminder to check the panel for the influ
Check design moment strength to compare to the ence lifting stresses and temporary construction conditions
maximum positive moment: have on the vertical reinforcing steel requirements.
B.5.2 Reinforcing steel at each face of the panel-Assume
Pum = 79.4 kip 1 5 No. 4 bars per face (As = 3.00 in _ 2 per face) to meet
Ase = 6 . 1 6 in.2 minimum reinforcing steel requirements.
a = 0.604 in. B.5.2.1 Load Case I: I. 2D + I. 6L, + 0. 5W
c = 0.7 1 1 in. Check vertical stress at the midheight section of the first
c/d = 0.227 :. tension-controlled story panel segment:
fer = 3 10 in.4
<j>M,, = 78.3 ft-kip > Mer
K& = 298 kip
M,/a = 9.0 ft-kip
6 ·25 in. y
1 2 in./ft e
(1 5 .0 ft) [ 45.5 ft - 7.9 ft J (�
1 000 lb
) = 44. 1 kip
M,, = 14.0 ft-kip < <j>M,,
�� = 0.75 1 in. Pum = 1 16 kip
Check design moment strength to compare to the �� = 1 03 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
p
maximum negative moment: g
Pum = 69.7 kip The bending moment diagram from lateral and eccen
Ase = 6.0 in. 2 tric vertical loads is depicted in Fig. B.5. 1 . 1 . Panel weight
a = 0.588 in. at maximum positive moment is 5.51 kip. Panel weight at
c = 0.692 in. maximum negative moment is 34.8 kip.
c/d = 0.22 1 :. tension-controlled
fer = 306 in.4 Check design moment strength to compare to the
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip maximum positive moment:
<j>M,, = 76.4 ft-kip > Mer
M11 = 1 .56( 12.2 ft-kip) = 1 9.0 ft-kip < <j>M,, P11111 = 1 .2(7.2 kip + 5.5 1 kip) + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 27.3 kip
�� = 0 in.
All in-service conditions should be considered before
A
" = (}!__)
' + P,JY,, 2d
A =
3.00 in.' + (
27 · 3 kip 6 · 25 in.
60 ksi 2(5.00 in.)
) =
3 .28 in.2
determining the final reinforcement. As this load case AsJy 3 .28 in.2 (60 ksi)
demonstrates, the governing positive moment effect could a= = = 0 _ 322 in.
be at the third floor level where the effective area of steel due 0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
to the panel axial forces is much less.
Provided by I o�
m t e with ACI
No reproduction or
c =
a
=
0 · 322 = 0.379 in. c
a
= __ =
0.401 = 0.472 in.
0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
.::_ = 0.076 < 0.375
d
:. tension-controlled .::_ = 0.094 < 0.375
d
:. tension-controlled
(refer to the commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 9.3.2.2)
I
cr
= E,
E
c
A
se
(d - c ' + £ w3c3
)
8.044(4.09)(5 .0 - 0.4?2)2 + (15 .0 ft)(12 in./

=
ft)(0.472)3
3
= 8.044(3.2 8)( 5.0 _ 0.3 79) 2 +
(15 .0 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.379)3 68 1 in.4
=
3 Mer = 46.3 ft-kip

567 in.4
=
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip .t-.M - 't'
'+' � r !!..J (d- )
y
J( )
n se
2
- mM
�� - mA
't' r d _ !!.. y ( : )
0.9(4.09)(60) 5.0 - 0 · 01 1060 in.-kip 88.4 ft-kip
. . .
= = =
n
2 se
0.322
= 0.9(3.28)(60) 5.0- --
2
( ) 858 m.-kip
= = 71.5
fi
t-kip <J>M., O:: Mer
From the aforementioned analysis for the positive moment

. Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , case, the moment magnification term is
:14.8.2.4:
(
-,--
1
- -� =
1- �
0.75Kb
1-
1
)[
27.3 kip
0.75(667 kip)
= 1 .06
]
Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 18-1 1 ,
14.3.2: Therefore, the applied negative moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 ,
1 4.8.3, is:
p=-=
bh
A,
---- 3.0 in.2
1 5.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
-- 0.00267 > p1 = 0.0012 M., = 1 .06(8. 1 ft-kip) = 8.59 ft-kip < <J>M.,
�� = 0 in.
Check applied moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.3: B.5.2.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l.OL + l.OW
P11111 = 168 kip
4
Kb = 48E£Jcr = 48(3 605 ksi)(567 in. ) = 667 kiP p
�"' = 149 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi
5; 5[14.3 ft(12 in./ft)] 2
g
M.w = 5.9 ft-kip
( )[ ]
M =
M,a
=
5.9 ft-kip = 6.24 ft-k < <j>M The bending moment diagram from lateral and eccen
" --p "
'
- - 27.3 ki p n
tric vertical loads is depicted in Fig. B.5.1 .2. Panel weight

1- " 1-
0.75Kb 0.75(667 kip) at maximum positive moment is 45.0 kip. Panel weight at
maximum negative moment is 34.8 kip.
� 6.2 4 ft-kip(12 in./ft) = 0. 150 in.
�" = =
0.75Kb 0.75(667 kip)
Check design moment strength to compare to the P11111 = 169 kip
maximum negative moment: Ase = 4.76 in. 2
pll/11 = 1.2[7.2 kip + 2(17.7 kip) + 34.8 kip] + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 105 kip
a = 0.467 in.
A A "
.
=
'+
P,,,. (�)
JY 2d
=
3.00 in.' + (
105 kip 6.25 in.
60 ksi 2(5.00 in.) J
=
4.09 in.'
c = 0.549 in.
fer = 768 in.4
:.
c/d = 0. 1 1 0 tension-controlled
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
A,JY 4.09 in.2 (60 ksi) <J>M., = 1 02 ft-kip > Mer
a= = = 0.401 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft) Kb = 737 kip
M.w = 1 0.2 ft-kip
M., = 14.7 ft-kip < <J>M.,
Provided by IHS under license with ACI American Concrete I nstitute - Copytri!!l flt�,@1Ma@l'i�f""!Www.concrete.org
flu = 0.3 19 in. Horizontal reinforcing steel requirements should consider a

maximum bar spacing of 18 in.
maximum negative moment: fl � 15.8 ft(12 in./ft) 1 .26 in.
= = =
Pum = 1 57 kip allowable
l SO l SO
Ase = 4.63 in.2 1 3.8 ft(12 in./ft) l . l O in.
a = 0.454 in. =
150
=
c = 0.534 in.
c/d 0. 107 :. tension-controlled
= =
14.3 ft(12 in./ft) 1 . 1 4 .
= Ill .
fer = 752 in.4 150
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
<j>M,, = 99.5 ft-kip > Mer Panel reinforcement details are not illustrated for this case
Mu = 1 .44(1 8.3 ft-kip) = 26.4 ft-kip < <j>M,, as a reminder to check the panel for the influence lifting
flu = 0 in. stresses and temporary construction conditions have on
B.5.2.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l.OW vertical reinforcing steel requirements.
Pum = 78.0 kip
Pun/Ag = 69.3 psi < 0.06fc' = 240 psi 8.6-Panel with dock-h igh condition design
The bending moment diagram from lateral and eccen example
tric vertical loads is depicted in Fig. B.5.2.3. Panel weight Similar to multistory tilt-up panel design, unique challenges
at maximum positive moment is 45.6 kip. Panel weight at not encountered in the previous examples are associated with
maximum negative moment is 34.8 kip. panels at a dock-high condition. Stresses on the panel during
lifting and temporary construction conditions where the roof,
Check design moment strength to compare to the floor slab, or both, are not attached, should be investigated
maximum positive moment: for the influence on required vertical reinforcing steel. The
designer should carefully select which vertical loads will be
Pum = 79.4 kip present in the temporary condition, and what, if any, reduction
Ase = 3.83 in.2 can be taken on the applied lateral load.
a = 0.375 in. The type of analysis conducted should be carefully
c = 0.441 in. considered. Commonly, the panel depicted in Fig. B.6 is
c/d = 0.088 :. tension-controlled analyzed with pinned conditions at the support locations (in
fer = 645 in.4 this case, joist bearing and floor slab), thereby neglecting the
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip continuity of the lower portion. With this set of simplifying
<j>M,, = 82.9 ft-kip > Mer assumptions, the analysis would be similar to the example
Kb = 618 kip presented in B. l and is not repeated herein.
M,/a = 9.0 ft-kip A more rigorous analysis would consider the panel conti
M,, = 10.9 ft-kip < <j>M,, nuity, demonstrated in the following example for the final,
flu = 0.281 in. in-service condition only. Figure B.6 is a cross section of the
sample dock-high panel with no openings. A summary of the
Check design moment strength to compare to the applied loading is:
maximum negative moment:
P0{00J= 3(2.4 kip) = 7.2 kip
Pum = 69.7 kip Pdvof= 3(2.5 kip) = 7.5 kip
Ase = 3.73 in.2 eee mof= 3 in. (assumed)
a = 0.365 in. w = 27.2 lb/ft2
c = 0.430 in. rr 40 lb/ft3
=
c/d = 0.086 :. tension-controlled q = 50 lb/ft3
fCI. = 63 1 in.4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip where the roof framing members are assumed to bear in wall
<j>M,, = 80.8 ft-kip > Mer pockets, YJ is the equivalent fluid pressure of the retained
Mu = 1 .21(12.2 ft-kip) = 14.8 ft-kip < <j>M,, soil, and q is the surcharge on the floor slab. Due to panel
flu = 0 in. continuity, the diaphragm deflection will also contribute to
the negative moment. For this example, a 0.63 in. displace
Service load deflections between each support are limited ment of the diaphragm is considered.
by ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.4. Applied service load moments are It is important to note that a panel designed for continuity
obtained in the same manner as the factored moments were exerts larger reactions at the floor slab and foundation. The
previously. By inspection, the factored displacements are reaction at the floor slab is approximately 225 percent of
much less than the values permitted by the code, and it is the reaction for a standard pinned-pinned condition with the
safy to assume the service load deflections are acceptable. configuration shown in Fig. B.6. The reaction at the top of
American Co ete· tns Licensee=Chongqing Institute of quality and Standardizationb 5990390
Provided by I o:mt e with ACI American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
No reproduction or�or mg permitted without license from IHS
lo
I
::....
JOIST
6.25 in. (15.0 ft) 36.0 ft - 5.0 ft - 24.0 ft 1 kip
-- y
12 in./ft c [ 1000 lb J( -- ) =
.
8.2 kip
f- BEARING
Panel weight at maximum negative moment:
61f4'
THICK
6 · 25 in. (1 5.0 ft) [36.0 ft - 5.0 n � = 36.3 kip
1 2 in./ft yc J 1 000 lb ( )
PANEL

0I maximum positive moment:
0I N'i
<:!:>
P11111 = 1 .2(7.2 kip + 8.2 kip) + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 30.5 kip
rn
A =A
se s
+ P,"'' (.!!._)
Jy 2d
30.5 kip 6.25 in. = 5 35 . 2
= 4 . 84 Ill .2 +
.
60 ksi 2(3 .13 in.)

( ) . Ill .
A 5.35 in.2 (60 ksi)

a = ,JY = = 0.525 in.
r--- -. F.F. ELEV.
0I 0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(1 5.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
Ln
a
c = __ =
0 · 525 = 0.618 in.
Fig. B. 6-Dock-high tilt-up panel with no openings. 0.85 0.85
the footing is approximately 640 percent of the reaction for
a standard pinned-pinned condition with the configuration !!.._ = 0.197 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
d
shown in Fig. B.6. If these forces are not properly devel (refer to the commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2)
oped, a full fixity condition for the continuous span would
not occur at the floor slab tie-back. and the analysis would E 3
not be valid and, possibly, yield less panel reinforcement 1cr =
E
' A (d - c) 2 + £ wc
c 3
se
than required. The design of the slab tie-back and foundation
are not presented herein because neither impact the vertical (15 .0 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.6 1 8) J
reinforcement design of the tilt-up panel. = 8.044(5.3 5)(3. 13 - 0.6 18i +
Bending moment diagrams for the two-span continuous 3
panel are shown for each load case considered based on the = 285 in.4
applied loads without considering the P-11 effect. The weight
of the tilt-up panel above the design section is calculated
individually for each load case because the location of the
Mer = J,.Jg
Y,
(6
= J,.S = /,. .!. bt 2 )
maximum moment differs. This example assumes the moment
magnification due to P-11 effects increases the positive and = 0.474 ks {�) (15.0 ft)(6.25 in/ = 46.3 ft-kip
negative moment proportionally by the same amount.
B.6. 1 Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness
Assume 1 1 No. 6 bars (As = 4.84 in.2) to satisfy maximum q>M, = q>A,JY ( d- �)
bar spacing limitations.
B.6. 1 . 1 Load Case 1 : 1.2D + 1. 6L, + 0.5W (Fig. B. 6. 1 . 1)
Check vertical stress at the midheight section of the positive
0.525
= 0.9(5.35)(60) 3.13- -
2
(
- = 827 m.-kip
. .
)
= 68.9 fit-k1p.
moment panel segment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.2.6.
12 in./ft Y c 2
[
6.25 in. (15.0 ft) 29.5 ft + 1 .5 n � = 19.0 kip
1000 lb
]( ) 14.8.2.4:
P11111 = 1 .2[7.2 kip + 1 9.0 kip) + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 43.4 kip Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8-1 1 ,
43.4 kip(1000 lb/kip) = 38.6 psi < 0.06f' = 240 psi 14.3.2:
c
6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft) A, 4.84 in.2
p=-= = 0.00430 Pe = 0.0015 >
bh 1 5.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
19 40
35
15
30
11 25
20
15
10
·I
·5
-10
-9
-20
-1 3
-25
-30
-17
-35
-21 -40
-25 L -45
-'"
Fig. B. 6. 1 . 1-Bending moment diagram from lateral and Fig. B.6. 1 .2-Bending moment diagram from lateral and
eccentric vertical loads (Load Case 1). eccentric vertical loads (Load Case 2).
Check applied moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.3:
4
<J>M, = <J>A,JY d - ( �) = 0.9(5.9 1)(60) (3.13 - 0·�79 )
Kb 48E£Jcr 48(3605 ksi)(285 in. ) 78 _ 6 kip
= = = = 905 in.-kip 75.4 ft-kip > Mer
=
5! 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)] 2
Mua = 1 6. 1 ft-kip Using 0.351g for the moment of inertia of the panel as
= ( �-�] = [ I- �:i��;i
outlined in ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 1 0.10.4. 1, a 0.63 in. displacement
M.
p)
33.3 ft-kip < <J>M,
l of the diaphragm would result in an additional 5.8 ft-kip of
moment. From the previous analysis for the positive moment
case, the moment magnification term is
� 33. 3 ft-kip(12 in./ft) 6 _ 78 in.
� �� = = =
0.75Kb 0.75(78.6 kip)
( 1-�
1
0.75Kb ) [
=
1
1 - 30.5 kip
0.75(78.6 kip)
] = 2.06
Therefore, the applied negative moment per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,
P11111 = 1 .2[7.2 kip + 36.3 kip] + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 64.2 kip 14.8.3 would be:
A.e' A, +
= P,,, (.!2..2d ) = 4 84 .
. m.
2
+ 64.2 kip
60 ksi
( 2(36.25. 1 3 in.in.) ) =
.
5 . 9 1 m.
2
�� = 2.06(2 1.2 ft-kip + 5.8 ft-kip) = 55.6 ft-kip < <jl�,

fr
�� = 0 in.
= AsJy 5.91 in.2 (60 ksi) 0 _ 579 in. B.6.1 .2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + I. OW (Fig. B. 6. 1.2)
a = =
Check vertical stress at the midheight section of the positive
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
moment panel segment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.2.6:
0 · 579 0.681 in.
c=_a_ =
[ ]( )
=
0.85 0.85 6.25 in. (1 5.0 ft) 29.5 ft + 1 .5 ft � 19.0 kip
1 2 in./ft yc
=
2 1000 lb
� = 0.21 8 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
d
P11, = 1 .2[7.2 kip + 19.0 kip] + 1 .6(7.5 kip) = 35.2 kip
E, A e(d - c) 2 + -
bc3 35.2 kip(! 000 lb/kip)
6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft) 3 1 .3 psi < 0.06fc'
�/Ill 240 psi
fer = - , = =
Ec 3
8.044(5.91 )(3 .13 - 0.6 81) 2 + (15 .0 ft)(12 in./
=
ft )(0 .68 1)3
3 Panel weight at maximum positive moment:
303 in.
= 4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
6 · 25 in.
12 in./ft yc
(1 5.0 ft) [36.0 ft - 5.0 ft - 23.3 ftJ �
1000 lb
( )= 9.02 kip
Panel weight at maxirilu� ilegative moment:

American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfli101'11!/WIAA�mcrete.org
6 2 in.
· _5 Y c (15.0 ft) (36.0 ft - 5.0 ft] �
12 m./ft 1 000 lb
( ) =
36.3 lb
35
30
25
20
IS
Check design moment strength to compare to the 10
Pum = 23.2 kip
Ase = 5 .23 in.2 -10
a = 0.5 1 3 in. -15
c = 0.604 in. -20
c/d = 0. 193 :. tension-controlled ·25

fer = 281 in.4 ·30
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip -3 5

�M,, = 67.5 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 77.5 k -45-40 L
M,/G = 28.4 ft-kip Fig. B. 6. 1 . 3-Bending moment diagram from lateral and
M,, = 47.3 ft-kip < �M,, eccentric vertical loads (Load Case 3).
!'.11 = 9.76 in.
Check design moment strength to compare to the maximum positive moment:
P11111 = 14.7 kip
Pum = 56.0 kip Ase = 5 .09 in.2
Ase = 5 .77 in.2 a = 0.499 in.
a = 0.566 in. c = 0.587 in.
c = 0.666 in. c/d = 0. 1 87 :. tension-controlled
c/d = 0.2 1 3 :. tension-controlled fer = 276 in.4
fer = 299 in.4 Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip �M,, 65.8 ft-kip > Mer
=
�M,, = 73.8 ft-kip > Mer K6 = 76. 1 kip

M,, = 1 .6(45.5 ft-kip) = 72.5 ft-kip < �M,, M,/0 = 27.5 ft-kip
!'.11 = 0 in. M,, = 37.0 ft-kip < �M,,
!'.11 = 7.78 in.
B.6.1.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + LOW + 1 . 6H (Fig. B. 6. 1 . 3)
Check vertical stress at the midheight section of the positive Check design moment strength to compare to the
moment panel segment per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 14.8.2.6. maximum negative moment:
6.25 in.
.
12 m./ft
Yc(15.0 ft)
29.5 ft
2
[-- ]( l kiplb )
+ 1 .5 ft --
1000
= 1 9.0 kip
pl/111 = 39.2 kip
Ase = 5.49 in.2
a = 0.538 in.
c = 0.633 in.
P11111 = 0.9(7.2 kip + 1 9.0 kip) = 23.6 kip c/d = 0.202 :. tension-controlled
fer = 290 in.4
P,,, 23.6 kip(lOOO lb/kip)
- =
2 1 .0 psi < 0.06!,' 240 psi
= =
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
Ag 6.25 in.(1 5.0 ft)(l2 in./ft) c
�M,, = 70.6 ft-kip > Mer

M,, = 1 .35(46.0 ft-kip) = 62. 1 ft-kip < �M,,
Panel weight at maximum positive moment: !'.11 = 0 in.
6.25 in.
-.- Yc (15.0 ft) [36.0 ft - 5.0 ft - 23.2 ft]
1 kip (--)
= 9. 14 kip Service load deflections between each support are limited
1 2 m./ft 1000 lb by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 , 14.8.4, and the calculation follows similarly
to the previous panel design examples using an effective
Panel weight at maximum negative moment: moment of inertia based on a cracked section of concrete.
_5 Yc (15.0 ft) (36.0 ft - 5.0 ft] �
6 · 2 in.
12 m./ft 1 000 lb
( ) = 36.3 kip
Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
3 1 8- 1 1 , 14.3.3
As = 0.002Ag = 0.002(6.25 in.)(36.0 ft)( 1 2 in./ft) = 5 .4 in.2

Therefore, 27 No. 4 bars should be used for the horizontal The applied moment is (including the 5.8 ft-kip additional
reinforcement. Panel reinforcement details are not illustrated moment due to the 0.63 in. displacement of the diaphragm):
for this case as a reminder to check the panel for the influ
ence lifting stresses and temporary construction conditions Mu = 1 .35(2 1 .2 ft-kip + 5.8 ft-kip) = 36.5 ft-kip < <j>M11
have on vertical reinforcing steel requirements. flu = 0 in.
B.6.2 Reiriforcing steel at each face of the panel
Assume 15 No. 4 bars per face (As = 3.0 in. 2 per face) to meet where 1 .35 is the moment magnification term from the posi
minimum reinforcing steel requirements. tive moment analysis.
B.6.2.1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1.6L, + 0.5W-The vertical B.6.2.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l. OW-Vertical
stress at the midheight section of the positive moment panel stress at the midheight section of the positive moment panel
segment was checked in B.6. 1 . 1 . segment was checked in B.6. 1 .2.
The bending moment diagram from lateral and eccen The bending moment diagram from lateral and eccen
tric vertical loads is depicted in Fig. B.6. 1 . 1 . Panel weight tric vertical loads is depicted in Fig. B.6. 1 .2. Panel weight
at maximum positive moment is 8.2 kip. Panel weight at at maximum positive moment is 9.02 kip. Panel weight at
maximum negative moment is 36.3 kip. maximum negative moment is 36.3 kip.
Check design moment strength to compare to the Check design moment strength to compare to the
maximum positive moment: maximum positive moment:
Pum = 30.5 kip Pum = 23.2 kip
Ase = 3.32 in.2 Ase = 3 .24 in.2
a = 0.325 in. a = 0.3 1 8 in.
c = 0.383 in. c = 0.374 in.
c/d = 0.077 < 0.375 c/d = 0.075 :. tension-controlled
:. tension-controlled (refer to ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, R9.3.2.2) fer = 561 in.4
fer = 572 in.4 Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip <j>A£.1 = 70.6 ft-kip > Mer
<j>M11 = 72.2 ft-kip > Mer Kb = 1 55 kip
M.w = 28.4 ft-kip
Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , M., = 35.5 ft-kip < <J>M.,
14.8.2.4: flu = 3.66 in.

14.3.2: Pum = 56.0 kip
Ase = 3 .58 in. 2
A
p = _.1... =
3 0 Ill. .2
·
= 0.00267 > Pe = 0.0012
a = 0.351 in.
c = 0.413 in.
bh 15.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.) c/d = 0.083 :. tension-controlled
fer = 6 1 1 in.4
Check applied moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.3: Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
Kb = 1 58 kip <j>A{., = 77.8 ft-kip > Mer
M.w = 16. 1 ft-kip Mu = 1 .25(45.5 ft-kip) = 56.9 ft-kip < <j>M11
M., = 2 1.7 ft-kip < <J>M., flu = 0 in.
flu = 2.19 in.
B.6.2.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l.OW + 1. 6H-Vertical
Check design moment strength to compare to the stress at the midheight section of the positive moment panel
maximum negative moment: segment was checked in B.6. 1 .3.
Pum = 64.2 kip The bending moment diagram from lateral and eccen
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip tric vertical loads is depicted in Fig. B.6. 1 .3. Panel weight
Ase = 3.67 in.2 at maximum positive moment is 9.14 kip. Panel weight at
<j>A{., = 79.6 ft-kip > Mer maximum negative moment is 36.3 kip.
a = 0.360 in.
fer = 623 in.4 Check design moment strength to compare to the
c = 0.423 in. maximum positive moment:
c/d = 0.085 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
Pum = 14.7 kip
Ase = 3.15 in.2 � �------�
a = 0.309 in.
c = 0.364 in.
fer = 548 in.4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip 61/4" THICK
cpM,, = 68.8 ft-kip > Mer PANEL
Kb = 1 5 1 kip
M,/G 27.5 ft-kip
=
M,, = 3 1 .6 ft-kip < cpM,,

L'111 = 3.34 in.

P11111 = 39.2 kip
Ase = 3.41 in.2
a = 0.334 in.
L---- L-------�
c = 0.393 in.
c/d = 0.079 :. tension-controlled I 15'-0'
fer = 585 in.4
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip Fig. B. 7-Free-standing tilt-up panel with no openings.
cpM,, = 74. 1 ft-kip > Mer ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8, can be used to design reinforcement
M,, = 1 . 15(46.0 ft-kip) = 52.9 ft-kip < cpM,, for this panel by recognizing the moment at the support of
L'i11 = 0 in. a cantilevered span of height a is exactly the same as the
midheight moment of a simply supported span of height lc
Service load deflections between each support are limited if the simply supported span is twice that of the cantilevered
by ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.4, and the calculation follows similarly span, as demonstrated in the following:
to the previous panel design examples using an effective
moment of inertia based on a cracked section of concrete.
Horizontal reinforcing steel requirements should consider a
maximum bar spacing of 1 8 in.
Panel reinforcement details are not illustrated for this case 8 2
as a reminder to check the panel for the influence that both e} = 4a2
lifting stresses and temporary construction conditions have le = 2a
on the vertical reinforcing steel requirements.
where the superscript ss denotes simply supported, and c
8.7-Piain panel with fixed end design example denotes cantilevered.
Figure B.7 illustrates the geometry of the sample panel. The deflection calculation, however, would be more
Because the panel is typical of a screenwall or firewall appli conservative than necessary using this approach. Because
cation and is often designed to be free-standing, the base the deflection is a function of panel stiffuess, a similar
is a fixed support condition. The only external load on the procedure to the aforementioned can be used to solve for the
tilt-up panel is from the wind (lateral force). A summary of length of an equivalent simply supported span to match the
the applied loading is: stiffness value of the cantilevered panel and adhere to the
provisions ofACI 3 18- 1 1 , 14.8.2. 1 .
PoL = 0.0 kip
Pu = 0.0 kip Kbss = Kbe
eee = none ss M e
w = 16 lb/ft2
M_
_ ,,
L'1 ss L'1 e
-11
=
II ll
The critical section for analysis (point of maximum

moment) will obviously occur at the fixed base. Therefore,
weight of the tilt-up panel is:
( 8.(12 ) ( 2 )
_
wu _e w" a-
-
2
( 384Ef
5 ) ( w .e�
" ) w11 a 4
( 6 · 25 in. ) l 50 lb/ft2 (15. o ft)(3 l .O ft)( �) = 36.3 kip 8Ef
12 in./ft 1000 lb

48EI 68.0 kip(lOOO lb/kip) = = 240 psi

s£; 9.75 in.(l5.0 ft)(l2 in./ft) 38.8 psi < 0.06fc'
A" = A, + P,,J,, (�) =
2d
1 4. 1 in.' + · (
6 8 0 kip 9 75 in.
·
60 ksi 2(4.88 in.)
) = 1 5. 2 in.'
A,JY 15.2 in.2 (60 ksi)

a= = = 1 .49 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
Often, this type of panel does not need to meet the service a1 .49 .
c = -- = -- = 1 .76 Ill.
ability criteria inherent in the ACI procedure, so the designer 0.85 0.85
may use discretion as to the appropriate modification to
panel stiffness based on an equivalent simply supported span !!.._ = 0.360 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
model. d
B.7.1 Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness E £ c3
Assume 53 No. 6 bars (As = 23.3 in.2) Icr = E' A (d - c)z + "
3
c
se
B.7. 1 . 1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 0. 5W

Pua = 0.0 kip
Pum 1 .2(36.3) 43.6 kip
= 8.044(15 .2)(4.88 - 1 .76)2 + (lS.O ft)(12 in./ft)(1 .76) 3
= = 3
W11 = 0.5(15.0 ft)(16 lb/ft2) = 1 20 plf= 0. 120 klf = 1 5 1 8 in. 4
Check vertical stress at the section of maximum moment
in the panel per ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 1 4.8.2.6: Mer !Jg
= - = J,S = J, -bt 2
y,
( 61 )
- = 43. 6 kip(lOOO lb/kip) = 38 · 7 pSi. < O · 061,c = 240 pSi.
P,,,
Ag 6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
= 0.474 ks { i) (15.0 ft)(9.75 in.)2 = 1 13 ft-kip
Check design moment strength: '+'
<1Mn ( _!!.2 .)
'I' se f.y d
- "'A
A se
=A s
+ P,J,, (.!!._) = 0.9(15.2)(60{ 4.88 - 1.;9 ) = 3400 in.-kip = 283 ft-kip
y 2d
(
= 23 3 . 2 + 43.6 kip 6.25 in. in. = 24.0 in.2
. m.
60 ksi 2(3 . 1 3 in.)
) <J>M,, > Mer
A, 14.1 in.2
p=-= = 0.00803 > p1 = 0.001 5
A,JY 24.0 in.2 (60 ksi) bh 15.0 ft(12 in./ft)(9.75 in.)
a= = = 2.35 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft)
Check applied moment per Section 14.8.3:
c= = -- --
2.35 = 2.77 .
0.85 0.85
a
m. Kb = 48EJcr = 48(3605 ksi)(15 1 8 in.4 ) 2 = 1 58 kip
s £; 5[1 .55(3 1 .0 ft)(12 in./ft)]
!!.. 0.887 > 0.375 (refer to the commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9 .3.2.2)
=
w,£; P.w
ecc = 0. 1 20 klf[ 2(3 1 .0 ft)]2 + = 57.7 ft-ki
d
M,a = + O p
8 2 8
Therefore, the requirement of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.2.3, that
)[ ]
M,a 57 · 7 ft-kip = 1 35 ft-kip «jlM
there are two options: 1) provide a double layer of reinforce
ment as demonstrated in this example; or 2) increase wall
M 11
=
( p
1 - --""-
=
' - 1 - 0.75(158
0.75Kb
68.0 kip
kip)
11

.:1 � = 135 ft-kip(1 2 in./ft) = 1
controlled section for analysis, select a panel thickness of , = 3.7 in.
9.75 in. The distance d (using a 4.0 in. chair) is calculated 0.75Kb 0.75(158 kip)
to be 4.88 in.
Assume 32 No. 6 bars (As = 14. 1 in.2). The weight of the B.7. 1 .2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + l.OW-Because panel
tilt-up panel above the base is 56.7 kip. weight is the only axial force on the panel, the previous
P11111 = 1 .2(56.7 kip) = 68.0 kip
values are the same for this load case. The analysis differs at
the point where the applied factored moment is calculated.
o� American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl'Uli'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
No reproduction or
Pua = 0.0 kip 32- # 6 VERTICAL

Pum = 68.0 kip
W11 = 1 .0(15.0 ft)(16 Jb/ft2) = 240 plf= 0.240 kif
P11n/Ag = 38.8 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi TRIM BARS AS REO'D
Ase = 1 5.2 in.2 BY ANALYSIS (TYP.l
a = 1 .49 in.
c = 1 .76 in.
!0. 1 5 1 8 in.4
=
...J
<(
t
Mer = 1 1 3 ft-kip .z
0
N
�M,, = 283 ft-kip > Mer iY
0
Kb = 158 kip ::c
....
M,/a = 1 1 5 ft-kip #I
0
M,, = 270 ft-kip < �M,, ....
!'.11 = 27.3 in.

B.7.1.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + I. OW
Pua = 0.0 kip
Pum = 5 1 .0 kip
W11 = 240 plf= 0.240 kif
P111111Ag = 29. 1 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
Ase = 1 5.0 in.2
a = 1 .47 in. Fig. B. 7. 1. 3-Single-layer panel reinforcement.
c = 1 .72 in. After iteration, the maximum service load moment is 52.5
c/d = 0.354 :. tension-controlled ft-kip, leading to an iterated service load deflection of:
fer = 1 501 in.4
Mer = 1 1 3 ft-kip Ma t. 52.5 ft-kip 0 935 . - 0 434 .
�M,, = 279 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 157 kip
1l
s - Mer cr -
1 13 ft-kip
. m. - . m.
M,/a = 1 1 5 ft-kip
M,, = 204 ft-kip < �M,, which is less than permitted by ACI 3 1 8, so no further
!'.11 = 20.8 in. adjustment to the panel thickness is required.
Unlike previous examples, maximum moment occurs at
For illustrative purposes, check service load deflection per the panel base. Therefore, the designer should consider
ACI 3 18-1 1 , R14.8.4, with l .OD + 0.5L +fVa: how the vertical bars would be fully developed to satisfy
t. !.s_ 3 1 .0 ft(12 in./ft) = 2.48 in. strength requirements. For this example, assume the panel is
allowable = 1 50 = embedded 3.0 ft below the support to fully develop the No. 6
1 50 bars and check horizontal reinforcement in the panel by ACI
f. cr = 5M o. £;
3 18-1 1, 14.3.3.
= 0.935 in.
48EJg
As = 0.002Ag = 0.002(9.75 in.)(34.0 ft)(12 in./ft) = 8.0 in. 2
w ; �a e
M sa = s8£ + 2 cc Therefore, 40 No. 4 bars should be used for horizontal
reinforcement. Figure B. 7 . 1 .3 details panel reinforcement
0.7( 10 lb/ft2 )(15 .0 ft)[2 (3 1 .0 ft)]2 0 50.5 ft-ki for this case.
=
8(1 000 lb/kip) + p =
B.7.2 Reiriforcing steel at eachface ofthe panel Assume

48 No. 4 bars per face (As = 9.6 in. 2 per face) in the original
-
Using this value as the initial service load moment, initial 6.25 in. thickness.
B.7.2.1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 0.5W
deflection is:
Pua = 0.0 kip
Pum = 1 .2(36.3) = 43.6 kip
,..,s = Msa ,..,cr = 50. 5 ft-kip Q 935 . . Ill . = 0 . 418 .
Ill. W11 = 0.120 kif
MCI" 1 13 ft-kip
P,,, 43.6 kip(1000 lb/kip) 38. 7 psi 0.06!,' 240 psi
=
Ag 6.25 in.(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft) < =

c
=
Ma = Msa + Psm!'.s = 50.5 ft-kip + 56.7 kip(0.418 in.)

6 .25 in . ) _
(.!!.2d ..) -_ 60 . ( 2(5.00 - 10 1 .
= 52.4 ft-kip < (2/3)Mer = 75.33 ft-kip 9 43 .6 kip
A _- A
se '
+ P,JY,, . m.
2
+
60 ksi in.)
. m.
2

10.1 in.Z (60 ksi) <J>M,, = 204 ft-kip > Mer

= 0 _ 986 in. Kb = 1 34 kip
0.85(4 ksi)(15.0 ft)(12 in./ft) M,ta = 1 15 ft-kip
Mu = 203 ft-kip < <J>Mn
c
a
= __ =
0.986 = 1 . 1 6 in. L111 = 24.2 in.
0.85 0.85 B.7.2.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l . OW
Pua = 0.0 kip
.::_ = 0.232 <
0.375 :. tension-controlled Pum = 32.7 kip
d
W11 = 0.240 kif
(refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 9.3.2.2) P11,,/Ag = 29.0 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
Ase = 9.94 in.2
a = 0.975 in.
c = 1 . 1 5 in.
(15 .0 ft)( 12 in./ft )(l . l6)3 c/d = 0.229 :. tension-controlled
= 8.044(10 . 1 )(5 .0 - 1 . 1 6)2 + fer = 1 280 in.4
3 Mer = 46.3 ft-kip
in.4
= 1290 <J>M,, = 202 ft-kip > Mer
(.!.bf 2)
J Kb = 133 kip
Mer = J,. g = J,.S = /, M,ta = 1 15 ft-kip
y, 6 M,, = 1 71 ft-kip < <J>M,,
= 0.474 ks {�) (15.0 ft)(6.25 inY = 46.3 ft-kip L111 = 20.6 in.
Again, for illustrative purposes, check service load deflec
tion per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, R14.8.4, with l .OD + 0.5L + lf'a:
<PM, = <PAsJy ( -�) d
L1 =
..!:..,;_ = 3 1 .0 ft(12 in./ft) 2.48
= in.
= 0.9(10. 1)(60) ( 5.0 --
allowable
- ) = 2450 m.-k1p = 204 t-kip

1 50 1 50
0.986 . . fi .
5Mcr �
2 L',.er = 48EJJ' = 1 .46 in.
g
A 96 . 2 · m.
= 0.00853 > p1 = 0.0012 ro, J'� P,a ecc
M,a = --
8 + --
p = __.!._ =
bh
1 5.0 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.) 2
0.7(10 lblft 2 )(1 5.0 ft)[2(3 1 .0 ft)] 2 + 0 = 50.5 ft-kip
Kb = 48EJ cr 48(3605 ksi)(l290 in.4 ) = 134 kip =
8(1 000 lblkip)
5 £ 2c 5[1.55(3 1 .0 ft)(l2 in./ft)]2
w,J'; P. = 0.120 klf[2(3 1 .0 ft)f O
w ecc This initial service moment without P-L'. effects exceeds
M = ua
8 + 2 8 + = 57.7 ft-kip (213)Mcr = 30.9 ft-kip, and the initial service load deflection
is calculated by
M =
(
M,a =
[1- 57.7
43.6 kip ]
ft-kip = 102 ft-kip < <PM"
5M J' 2 = 20.2 in.
1 - -"p-"' -
J
"
--'"'---"-c
0.75Kb 0.75(134 kip) 48EJcr
L1 = � = 1 02 ft-kip(12 in./ft) = 12. 1 in. L',. s = (2 I 3)L'. . + (M - (21 3)M ) (t. - (2 I 3)L'. . ) = 2.92 in.
sa cr
0.75Kb
II 0.75(134 kip)
0
(M - (2 I 3)Mcr )
n
II 0
B.7.2.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + l . OW

using the values for M,, and fer from Load Case 3. After itera
Pua = 0.0 kip tion, maximum service load moment is 63. 1 ft-kip, leading to
pl/111 = 43.6 kip
W11 = 0.240 kif
P11,,/Ag = 38.7 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
M - (2 1 3)Mc . ) L1 -
Ase = 10.1 in.2 L1 = (2 I 3)L1 + ( a r ( (2 I 3)L1cr. ) = 4. 17 in.
a = 0.986 in.
s
( , - (2 1 3)Mcr ) "
M Cl
c = 1 . 1 6 in.
c/d = 0.232 :. tension-controlled This service load deflection is greater than the maximum
fer = 1290 in.4 permitted by ACI 3 1 8, so an adjustment to the panel stiffness
Mer = 46.3 ft-kip .. · . is necessary. From the previous calculation, the maximum
B.S.l Reiriforcing steel centered in panel thickness

Assume 18 No. 6 bars (As = 7.92 in.2) in the design strip.
B.S. l . l Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1 . 6L, + 0.5W
JOIST
BEARING
Pua = 1 .2(1 5.0 kip) + 1.6(20.0 kip) = 50.0 kip
P1011 = 50 kip + 1 .2(12.7 kip) = 65.2 kip
Wu = 0.5(1 0.0 ft)(27.2 Jb/ft2) = 1 36 plf = 0. 136 kif
61/4' THICK Check vertical stress at the section of maximum moment
PANEL in the panel per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, 14.8.2.6:
__!!!!!...
p 65.2 kip(1 000 lb/kip) = 1 1 8 psi. < 0 . 06 1I'' = 240 psi.
A 6.25 in.(7.38 ft)(l 2 in./ft) , c
Check design moment strength:

A se
= A + P,J,y, (.!!._)
s
(
2d
J
. 2 65.2 kip 6.25 in. 9 . 01 Ill 2
.
.
- 7.92 Ill_
. +
60 ksi 2(3 . 1 3 in.) - _
_ A,JY _ 9.01 in.2 (60 ksi)

20'-0'
a- -
_ 1 80 . - . m.
Fig. B. 8-Plain tilt-up panel on isolatedfooting or pier.

0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(7.38 ft)(12 in./ft)
number of bars that could be used in compliance with ACI
3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.2.3, would be 76 No. 4 bars. However, this c = _a_ = 1 .80 = 2. 1 1 in.
0.85 0.85
reinforcement area would not be sufficient to provide the
necessary stiffness for limiting panel deflection. The tilt-up � = 0.676 > 0.375 (refer to commentary to ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2)
panel should, therefore, be reanalyzed using a larger panel d
thickness at the discretion of the designer.
Therefore, the requirement of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.2.3, that
8.8-Plain panel on isolated footing or pier design
example there are two options: provide a double layer of reinforce
Figure B.8 illustrates the geometry of the sample panel on ment (as demonstrated in this example), or increase wall
an isolated footing or pier. The design procedure is similar panel thickness and repeat the analysis. To have a tension
to the concentrated axial load example presented in B.3. The controlled section for analysis, select a panel thickness of
panel supports the load from four roof joists bearing in wall 8.25 in. The distance d (using a 3.25 in. chair) is calculated
pockets, or eccentric axial load, in addition to the wind, or to be 4. 1 3 in.
lateral force. A summary of the applied loading is: Assume 1 0 No. 6 bars (As = 4.4 in.2). The weight of the
tilt-up panel above the base is 16.8 kip.
PoL = 4(7.5 kip) = 30.0 kip
Pu = 4(1 0.0 kip) = 40.0 kip Pum = 50.0 kip + 1 .2( 16.8 kip) = 70. 1 kip
ecc = 3 in. (assumed)
w = 27.2 lb/ft2
fc = 3 1 .0 ft - 1 .5 ft = 29.5 ft
�Ill/ -8.25 in.(7.38
-- -'--'- ft)(l2 in./ft)
--- ---"..:.. =
70.1 kip(! 000 lb/kip) 96 . 0 pSI. < 0. 06 JI''
- = 240 pSI.
c
p
(- 4.40 m. + --- 70. 1 kip ( 8.25 in. ) 5 . 57 m.
JY 2d )
. 2 2
Because the panel loading is symmetric, concentrated
' +_I!"'_
.
h
A =A = . =
axial load from the isolated footing or pier is one-half of " 60 ksi 2(4. 13 m.)
the total applied loads with no eccentricity. The weight of
the tilt-up panel above the design section (centerline of the 5.57 in.2 (60 ksi) . .
= 1 . 1 1 Ill
unbraced length) is: 0.85(4 ksi)(7.38 ft)(12 in./ft)
( 126·25in./ftin. ) 1 50 lblft\1 0.0 ft) [ 29·25 ft + 1 .5 n](�
1 000 lb
) = 12.7 kip a
c = -- 1 . 1 1 = 1 .3 1 .
= -- m.
0.85 0.85
However, vertical reinforcement calculated in the
following sections will be placed in the 7 ft 4-1/2 in. design �
d
= 0.3 1 7 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled
strip illustrated in Fig. B.S.

P11a = 1 3.5 kip

P11111 = 28.6 kip
W11 = 0.272 kif
3 P1111/Ag = 39. 1 psi < 0.06f..' = 240 psi
= 8.044(5 . 57)(4. 1 3 - 1 .3 1)2 + (7. 38 ft(1 2 in./ft)(1 . 3 1) Ase = 4.88 in.2
3
= 422 in.4 a = 0.972 in.
c = 1 . 1 4 in.
!, Ig
Mer = - = J,.S = /,. -bt
y,
( 61 2 ) c/d = 0.277 :. tension-controlled
fer = 393 in.4
Mer = 39.7 ft-kip
= 0.474 ks {�) (7.38 ft)(8.25 inY 39.7 ft-kip
=
<j>M,, = 79.8 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 1 08 kip
M,ta = 29.6 ft-kip
= q>A,Jy ( - �)
Mu = 45.6 ft-kip < <j>M,,
q>M, d �� = 6.73 in.
= 0.9(5.57)(60) ( 4. 1 3 _ 1 �. 1 ) 1 070 in.-kip

= Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , R14.8.4,
with 1 .0D + O. SL + Wa, noting L = 0 because only roof load
= 89.5 ft-kip > Mer is applied to the panel:
A, = 4.4° in.2 = 0.00602 > p1 = 0.00 1 5
�a a = .!..o_ = 2.36 in.
p=
bh 7.38 ft(12 in./ft)(8.25 in.) 1 50
llow ble
SM_c_
�r =_ 1!2e
r· _ = 0.471 in.
Check applied moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 14.8.3 : c
48EJg
Kb = 48EJcr = 48(3605 ksi)(422 in.4 ) = 1 16 kip M,a = wsf� + --�aecc
51!� 5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)f 8 --
2
0.7(1 7 lb/ft 2 )(10.0 ft)(29.5 ft) 2 + 15.0 kip(O in.)
w,/; P. e = = 12.9 ft-kip
--
w
Mua + ee
8(1 000 lb/kip) 2(12 in./ft)
8 2
= 0.136 klf(29.5 ft) 2 + 50.0 kip(O in.) = 14 _ 8 ft-kip Using this value as the initial service load moment, the
8 2(12 in./ft) initial deflection is:
M. �
(
1-
M;
- -
" -
" ' -
r[14 �Oft;�';
p
1 - 0.75(1 16 kip)
r
75 0 ft-kip < OM. � = M,a �cr = 12 ' 9 ft-kip 0.47 1 in. = 0. 1 54 in.
s 39.7 ft-kip
0.75Kb Mer
:. Ma = M,a P,, � , = 12.9 ft-kip + 3 1 .8 kip(0. 1 54 in.)
+
� =�= 75.0 ft-kip( 12 in./ft) = 10 . 3 in. = 13.4 ft-kip < (2/3)Mcr = 26.5 ft-kip
II 0.75Kb 0.75(1 1 6 kip)
B.8. 1.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l . OW ft-kip, leading to an iterated service load deflection of:
P11a = 28.0 kip
P11111 = 48. 1 kip
W11= 0.272 kif � = Ma �er = 1 3.4 ft-kip 0.47 1 in. = 0. 1 5 9 in.
P11,/Ag = 65.9 psi < 0.06f..' = 240 psi
s Mer 39.7 ft-kip
Ase = 5.2 in.2
a = 1 .04 in. which is significantly less than the value allowed by ACI
c= 1 .22 in. 3 1 8, so no adjustment to the panel stiffness is necessary.
c/d = 0.296 :. tension-controlled Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
fer = 407 in.4 3 1 8-1 1, 14.3.3:
Mer = 39.7 ft-kip
<j>M,, = 84.4 ft-kip > Mer A, = 0.002Ag = 0.002(8.25 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)(12 in./ft) = 6.14 in.2
Kb = 1 1 2 kip
M,ta = 29.6 ft-kip Therefore, 3 1 No. 4 bars should be used for the horizontal
M,, = 69.0 ft-kip < <j>M,, reinforcement. Figure B.8. 1.3 details panel reinforcement
�� = 9.83 in. for this case.
B.8.1.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l.OW
Provided by I o�
m t e with ACI
No reproduction or
M e, = J,Ig
y,
= J,.S = !,. (6 )
..!. bt 2
-
= 0.474 ks {i) (7.38 ft)(6.25 inl = 22.8 ft-kip
'+'
<hM - 'I'
"'Ase f.y
n
( _!!_2 )
d
_j
= 0.9(3.08)(60) ( 5.0 - 0·�14 ) = 780 in.-kip = 65.0 ft-kip
<(
f
z
0
N 7'-4Y2' 5'-3' 7'-4Y2' <J>M,J > Mer
a:
0
::r::
p A, 2.4° in.2
= = = 0.00434 > p 1 = 0.0012
"<1"
#
bh 7.38 ft(12 in./ft)(6.25 in.)
I
N'i
48(3605 ksi)(464 in.4 ) 128 kip
5[29.5 ft(12 in./ft)f
M ua =
will!� + P,w ecc
8 --
2 --
-
_ 0.136 klf(29.5 ft) 2 + 50.0 kip(O in.) -_ 14 . 8 f1t-klp.
-
""--·TRIM BARS AS REO D I 8 2(12 in./ft)
BY ANALYSIS (TYPJ
Fig. B. 8. 1. 3-Single-layer panel reinforcement.

M , = M;
" r
"'
1 - --- 1 -
14 ; n ::�� r
p
6 0 ft-kip < 0M,
B.8.2 Reinforcing steel at each face ofthe panel-
Ass me u
0.75Kb 0.75(128 kip)
12 No. 4 bars per face (As = 2.4 in.2 per face) in the design ,:111 � 46. 0 ft-kip(1 2 in./ft) = 5.74 in.
strip of the origina1 6.25 in. panel thickness. = =
B.8.2.1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1 . 6L, + 0.5W
0.75Kb 0.75(128 kip)
Pua 50.0 kip
=
Pum = 50.0 kip + 1 .2(12.7 kip) = 65.2 kip B.8.2.2 Load Case 2: 1. 2D + 0. 5L, + 1. OW
W11 = 0. 136 kif Pua = 28.0 kip
P.,, 65 2 kip(lOOO lb/kip)
· Pum = 43.2 kip
= = 1 18 psi < 0.06.f '= 240 psi W11 = 0.272 kif
Ag 6.25 in.(7.38 ft)(l2 in./ft) c
Pun/Ag = 78.2 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi

A" A' +=
JY 2d
P,,, (_!!__) =
2.40 in.2 + 65.2 p
ki
( 6.25 in.
60 ksi 2(5.00 in.)
) = 3 . 08 in?
Ase = 2.85 in.2
a = 0.568 in.
c = 0.669 in.
.fy- A, 3.08 in.Z (60 ksi) c/d = 0. 134 :. tension-controlled
a = ---'- = 0.614 in. fer = 439 in.4
0.85fc'b 0.85(4 ksi)(7.38 ft)(12 in./ft) Mer = 22.8 ft-kip
a 0 · 614 = 0.722 in. <j>M,1 = 60.5 ft-kip > Mer
c = -- = Kb = 121 kip
0.85 0.85 M,Ja = 29.6 ft-kip
M,, = 56.4 ft-kip < <j>M,,
.::_ = 0. 144 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled L111 = 7.45 in.
d
B.8.2.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + I. OW
(refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 9.3.2.2) Pua = 13.5 kip
Pum = 24.9 kip
W11 = 0.272 kif
P111111Ag = 45. 1 psi < 0.06/c' = 240 psi
(7.3 8 ft)( 12 in./ft)(0.722)3 Ase = 2.66 in.2
= 8.044(3.08)(5.0 - 0.7 22)2 + a = 0.530 in.
3 c = 0.624 in.
= 464 in.4 c/d = 0. 125 :. tension-controlled
fer = 41 7 in. 4
1 2 - # 4 VERT. E F . �; #
3 #4 VERT E.F.
VERT. E F lr--___t_I ? I
_L_
f
I
_L_
f
I
_L_
,
I
_L_
<r
_ __ __ __
' -+-·s��-'Ci
��""
��"'c,-
61/4' THICK
PANEL
w
'-'
<!
l..i...
b
::r:: ,I
0 ------- I-- It UNBMC:ED
'-'
<!
iO
_
I
;:...
LENGTH
w
5'-3'
N
-' 7'-4Y2' 7'-4Y2'
<!
1-
z
0
N
a:
0
::r::
"""
#
----'-
I
'---- l-.1
N
2'-6' 1
-
20'-0' I 1 2'-6'
N
Fig. B. 9-Tilt-up panel with large opening.

'--
"-_-TRIM BARS AS REO ' D
lls = M,a ller = 1 3 · 7 ft-kip 0.55 0 in. = 0.33 0 in.
BY ANALYSIS (TYP.l
Mer 22.8 ft-kip
Fig. B.8.2. 3-Double-layer panel reinforcement.
Mer = 22.8 ft-kip which is significantly less than the value allowed by ACI 3 1 8.
<j>M,, = 56.7 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 1 1 5 kip Check horizontal reinforcement in the panel per ACI
M,/G = 29.6 ft-kip 3 1 8-1 1, 14.3.3:
M,, = 41.6 ft-kip < <j>M,,
ll11 = 5.78 in. As = 0.002Ag = 0.002(6.25 in.)(3 1 .0 ft)(12 in./ft) = 4.6 in. 2
Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8- 1 1, R14.8.4, Because maximum bar spacing is 1 8 in., 22 No. 4 hori
with l . OD + 0.5L + W,, noting L = 0 because only the roof zontal reinforcing bars are required on each face. Figure
load is applied to the panel: B.8.2.3 details panel reinforcement for the double layer
scheme.
L1 B.8.3 Summary of panel reinforcing s teel-Neglecting
allowable = � = 2.36 in. trim bars and miscellaneous reinforcing steel, the weight
15 O
ller = 5Mer f! ; = 0.550 in. the single mat option is 1390 lb, compared with 1 684 lb for
48EJg the double mat option. The designer should note that the
single mat option required a panel thickness increase of 2
= wsf� �aecc in. This represents approximately 3.83 more cubic yards of
M"' - 8- + - 2- concrete, translating to a panel 15.5 kip heavier. The impact
0.7(1 7 lb/ft 2 )(10.0 ft)(29.5 ft)' + 15.0 kip(O in.) the thicker panel may have on the remainder of the project
= = 1 2.9 ft-kip
8(1 000 lb/kip) 2(1 2 in./ft) should be investigated.
Using this value as the initial service load moment, the 8.9-Panel with stiffening pilasters and header
initial deflection is: design example

Figure B.9 illustrates the geometry of the sample panel
with a large opening. The panel supports the load from five
Msa ll
fl , = -- = 12.9 ft-kip O .55 O m. .
. = O . 3 1 1 m.
. M er
er 22.8 ft-kip roof joists bearing in wall pockets (eccentric axial load)
in addition to the wind (lateral force). A summary of the
:. Ma = Msa + �m fls = 12.9 ft-kip + 27.7 kip(0.3 1 1 in.) applied loading is:
= 13.7 ft-kip < (2/3)Mer = 15.2 ft-kip
PoL = 5(10.0 kip) = 50.0 kip
After iteration, maximum service load moment is 13.7 Pu = 5(15.0 kip) = 75.0 kip
eee 3 in. (assumed)
. - - . . � 27.2 lb/ft2
ft-kip, leading to an iterated service load deflection of: =
w

American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llfl!Ull'll!fWIAA�ncrete.org
lc = 3 1 .0 ft - 1.5 ft = 29.5 ft "'

!....
A
1 1<4 1 1 1
-
The weight of the tilt-up panel above the design section - +� I I I I JOIST
I BEARING
� <4
( 126.25in./ftin. ) 150 lb/ft3 (4_0 ft) ( 20.02 ft ) + ( 126.25in./ftin. ) I
::...
A
61/4' THICK
PANEL
x150 lb/fe (2.5 ft) ( 29 · 5 ft + 1 .5 ft )( � ) 6.30 kip =
2 1 000 lb ---- o � UNBRACED
i'-
I LENGTH
N
From the experience of the previous examples, it is .... ....
apparent a single layer of reinforcing steel centered in the B B
panel thickness will not produce an acceptable design for the

tilt-up panel. To determine if reinforcing steel in each face
of the panel will yield acceptable results, perform a quick
1- ...
analysis on Load Case 1 .
B.9.1 Reinforcing steel in each face of the panel-Before
checking vertical reinforcement, check panel stress by
1 ' -3'
1 ' -3 '
Ul 20'-0'
IJJ- 1' -3 '
1 ' -3'
applying the eccentric load evenly between the two panel legs. Fig. B. 9. 1 a-Tilt-up panel with stiffening pilaster and header.
Pua = 1 .2(25.0 kip) + 1 .6(37.5 kip) = 90.0 kip

Pum = 90.0 kip + 1 .2(6.3 kip) = 97.6 kip
W11 = 0.8(2.5 ft + 10.0 ft)( 1 7 Jb/ft2) = 1 70 plf = 0. 170 kif 2-#4 HORIZ.
P,,m
BAR <TOP>
=
97 · 6 kip(1 000 lb/kip) = 520 psi > 0.06f' = 240 psi
Ag 6.25 in.(2.5 ft)(12 in./ft) c
Because vertical stress at midheight exceeds the maximum 4-#5 HORIZ.

permitted by ACI 3 1 8, the area of the panel leg should be BAR <BOT.>
increased. Instead of uniformly thickening the panel to meet

the design criteria, which in this case would yield a panel
thickness of 1 3.5 in., a stiffening pilaster 15.0 in. wide on (a)
each leg is considered. The revised panel geometry is illus

trated in Fig. B.9. 1a. It is also anticipated that the loading
will further require a stiffening header to be used to span the 1'- 3' 1'-3'
large opening. Cross sections for both the pilaster and header #3 TIE
are depicted in Fig. B.9. 1b. <TYP.l
B.9.2 Vertical reinforcing steel in pilaster-Assume three
No. 4 bars (As = 0.60 in.2) and provide No. 3 ties at sufficient � COLD JOINT
spacing to satisfy shear flow requirements at the cold joint. N
I
At the pilaster and header, add an additional 4.5 kip to the #4 HORIZ
B A R <TYP.l
panel weight at the centerline of the unbraced length; there
fore, total panel weight at the design section is 1 0.8 kip.
B.9.2.1 Load Case 1: 1.2D + 1 . 6L, + 0.5W
Pua = 1 .2(25.0 kip) + 1 .6(37.5 kip) = 90.0 kip - a::
- ...J
CHAMFER
P11111 = 90.0 kip + 1 .2(10.8 kip) = 103 kip u
W11 = 0.5[1.25 ft + 1 .25 ft + 10 ft](27.2 Jb/ft2) = 1 70 plf= 0.1 70 klf

(b)
Check vertical stress at the midheight section of panel per Fig. B.9. 1 b-Tilt-up panel: (a) Section A-A through header;
ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.2.6: and (b) Section B-B through pilaster.
P,,"' 103 kip(1000 1b/kip) Because vertical stress at midheight exceeds the maximum
Ag [ 1.25 ft(1 .23 ft)(12 in./ft)2 + 6.25 in.(2.5 ft)(12 in./ft) J permitted, either the pilaster area needs to be increased or a
higher concrete compressive strength needs to be selected to
252 psi > 0.06// 240 psi
= =
analyze the tilt-up panel following the requirements of ACI
3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.

Provided by IHS under license with ACI American Concrete I nstitute - CoWri!!l flt�,@1Ma@l'i�f""!Www.concrete.org
For this design example, concrete compressive strength of

the tilt-up panel is increased to 4500 psi. The new values for Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8- 1 1 ,
the original set of design parameters provided at the begin 14.3.2:
ning of this appendix are listed as follows:
0·6 . 2
bh
A
fc' = 4500 psi p = __!_ = Ill . = 0.00190 > p 1 = 0.0012
�/Ill 103 kip(l 000 lb/kip) 1 .25 ft(12 in./ft)(21 .0 in.)
A [ 1.25 ft(l .23 ft)(l2 in./ft)2 + 6.25 in.(2.5 ft)(l2 in./ft) J
g Check applied moment per ACI 3 1 8-1 1, 14.8.3:
= 252 psi < 0.06f/ = 270 psi
4
Kb = EJer = 48(3 824 ksi)(3590 in. ) = 105 0 kiP
48
!, = 7.5 1..-J"J: = 503 psi
se ; 5[29.5 ft(l2 in./ft)f
Ec = 57 .Jl: = 3824 ksi
E/Ec = 7.59
w, e ; P.w eec
M,a
-
_
+
d;,;:;;:�' = 48 in. - 3 in. = 45 in. 8 2
=
0. 1 70 klf(29.5 ft)2 + 90.0 kip(3 in.) = 29 .7 f:t-k"lp
d;,:;;;;: = 12 in. - 1 in. - 0.375 in. - 0.5(0.5 in.) = 10.4 in. 8 2(12 in./ft)
dpdaster = 21 in. - 1 in. - 0.375 in. - 0.5(0.5 in.) = 19.4 in.
Check design moment strength: [I 103 kip

0.75(1050 kip)
]
29 · 7 ft-kip = 34.2 ft-kip < tt.M
'�' "
A" = A' + P,,,. (!!.__2d )

JY
= 0 . 60 in. 2 +
1 03 kip
60 ksi
( 2(192 1 .0.4 )
in .
in.)
=
1 . 53 in.2 � � 34. 2 ft-kip(l2 in./ft) = 0.5 21 in.
= =
AsJy
II
0.75Kb 0.75(1050 kip)
a= =
1 .53 in.2 (60 ksi) = 1 .60 in.
0.85fc'b 0.85( 4.5 ksi)(1 .25 ft )(12 in./ft)
B.9.2.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + I. OW
1 .60 = 1.88 in.
a
Pua = 48.8 kip
c = __ = Pum = 6 1 .7 kip
0.85 0.85 W11 = 0.34 kif
P111111Ag = 151 psi < 0.06fc' = 270 psi
..::_ = 0.097 < 0.375 :. tension-controlled Ase = 1 . 1 6 in.2
d
(refer to commentary of ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , 9.3.2.2) a= 1 .2 1 in.
c = 1 .42 in.
fer = E, A e (d - c) 2 + £ wc
,
3 fer = 2850 in.4
, Ee 3 Mer = 46.2 ft-kip
; 7.5 9(1 .53)(1 9.4 - 1 .88) 2 +

(1 .25 ft)( 12 n./ft)(1 .88) 3 � q,M,, = 97.8 ft-kip > Mer
Kb = 833 kip
M,ta = 43. 1 ft-kip
='. 3590 in.4 M,, = 47.8 ft-kip < q,M,,
�� = 0.91 8 in.
Mer L j:g = J,.S = J,. (�b!2) B.9.2.3

Pua = 22.5 kip
Load Case 3: 0.9D + l . OW
= 0.503 ks {�}1 .25 ft)(21 .0 in/ = 46.2 ft-kip plllll = 32.2 kip
W11 = 0.340 kif
P111111Ag = 78.7 psi < 0.06fc' = 270 psi
Ase = 0.891 in.2
tt.M
't' 11
( 2)
- tt't'.A.\eJ+y d !!._ _ a = 0.932
c = 1 . 1 in.
in.
= 0.9(1 .53)(60) ( 19.4 - l .�O ) = 1530 in.-kip = 128 ft-kip

fer = 2270 in.4
Mer = 46.2 ft-kip
q,M,, = 75.8 ft-kip > Mer
Check minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 1 8-1 1 , Kb = 664 kip
14.8.2.4: M,ta = 39.8 ft-kip
M11 = 42.6 ft-kip < q,M,,
American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llflttOt'll!fWIAA�ncrete.org
1 .03 in.
ll11 =
Check service load deflection per ACI 3 1 8-11, R14.8.4, Check the shear capacity of the 6.25 in. concrete section
with 1 .0D + 0.5L + Wa, noting L = 0 because only roof load per ACI 3 18-1 1 , 1 1 .3. 1 . 1 :
is applied to the panel:
<J> T: = 2<J>fJ:bwd = 2(0.75)..}4500(6.25 in.)(45 in.) = 28.3 kip
L'l allowable = -e c = 2.36 Ill
.
15 O
. Because r: )
--e
V,
M,a -- + = w, e; P,o e e
[-0.751- (58.6 kip - 28.3 kip)]

8 2
= 0.7(17 lb/fe)(12.5 ft)(29.5 ft)2 + -
25.0
-kip(3 in.)
-'-'----'- (I in.)
8(1000 lb/kip) 2(12 in./ft) A, 0.015 in? /in.
= 19.3 ft-kip 60 ksi(45 in.)
Using this value as the initial service load moment, the Therefore, No. 3 shear stirrups should be used at 7.25 in.
initial deflection is: on center in the 6.25 in. thick section.
L'l = M'" L'l er = 19 · 3 ft-kip 0. 163 in. = 0.06 8 in. Check the design moment strength for vertical loads:
Mer 46.2 ft-kip
= 1 .24 in.\60 ksi) = 3.1 1 in.
5
AJY
a=
:. Ma M,0 + P,,fl, = 19.3 ft-kip + 35.8 kip(0.068 in.)
= 0.85fc'b 0.85(4.5 ksi)(6.25 in.)
= 19.5 ft-kip < (2/3)Mer = 30.8 ft-kip
Mer = J,Ig = J,.S = !,.
y,
(6 ) _!_ bt 2
= 0.503 ksi ( I.)( 6 · 2.5 in. ) (48.0 inY = 101 ft-kip

ft-kip, leading to an iterated service load deflection of:
6 12 m./ft
L'l = M,o L'ler = 1 9 · 5 ft-kip 0. 163 in. = 0.069 in.
cpM, = cpAJY ( -%) = 0.9(1 .24)(60{ 45.0 - ;
Mer
5 46.2 ft-kip
d
3· 1 )
which is significantly less than the maximum permitted by = 291 0 in.-kip = 242 ft-kip
the ACI 3 1 8, so no adjustment to the pilaster stiffness is
necessary.
B.9.3 Horizontal reinforcing steel in header-The header
should transfer vertical loads into the tilt-up panel legs and Because adequate moment strength has not been provided,
resist the lateral load across the opening width. Assume four revise reinforcing steel bars to two No. 7 plus two No. 6
No. 5 bars (A, = 1 .24 in.2) for vertical loads, one No. 4 bar (As = 2.08 in.2) and recalculate cpM11 to be 397 ft-kip. Check
(As = 0.20 in.2) for lateral loads, and provide No. 3 ties at minimum reinforcement required by ACI 3 18-1 1 , 1 0.5. 1 :
sufficient spacing to satisfy shear flow requirements at the
cold joint. Refer to Fig. B.9. 1b(a). Design the header as a p=- A, = 2.08 in.2
-----
bwd 6.25 in.(45.0 in.)
simply supported beam.
The distributed load across the opening due to panel self
weight is:
.
= 0.0074 > Pmm = 200f
= � = 0.00333
60 000 '
[( ) ( 12 J( )
y
150 1b/ft 3 6.25 in./ft (4.0 ft) + 5.75in./ft

12 in.
in. ft) � )ct.o
1000 lb Check the design moment strength for lateral loads:
= 0.384 kif AJY
= 0.20 in.Z (60 ksi) = 0.261 in.
a=
0.85 fc'b 0.85( 4.5 ksi)(12 in.)
B.9.3.1
v;,vert
Load Case 1 : 1 . 2D + 1 . 6Lr + 0.5W
= 1 .2(18.8 kip) + 1 .6(22.5 kip) = 58.6 kip
M,,V"1 = 1 .2(1 19.2 ft-kip) + 1 .6(150.0 ft-kip) = 383 ft-kip
( %)
cpM, = cpAJY d - = 0.9(0.20)( 60) 10.4 -
0. 6 1 ( �)
W11wind = 0.8(4.0 ft)(17 lb/ft2) = 54.4 plf= 0.0544 klf = 1 1 1 in.-kip = 9.22 ft-kip
M,ivind = (l/8)W11win£2 = ( 1/8)(0.0 544 klf)(2Q.O ftf = 2}2 ft�k.ip

Provided by IHS under license with ACI American Concrete I nstitute - Copytri!!l flt�,@1Ma@l'i�f""!Www.concrete.org
"3 STIRRUP !l
directly with the calculated strength capacities from B.9 .3 . 1 .
O.C. < T Y P . l
7 1/4 " All reinforcing steel proposed meets the requirements for the
" 3 TIE 2-"4 HORIZ. factored loads for this load case.
BAR <TOPl B.9.3.3 Load Case 3: 0.9D + l.OW
v;,ve�t = 0.9(18.8 kip) = 16.9 kip
0 M;,vert = 0.9(1 19.2 ft-kip) = 107 ft-kip
I
::....
W11wind = 1 .6(4.0 ft)(1 7 Jb/ft2) = 109 pJf= 0.109 kif
"7 HORIZ. B A R M,,wind = (1/8)wu1Vill£2 = (1/8)(0. 1 09 klf)(20.0 nf = 5.45 ft-kip
"6 H O RIZ. BAR Because the header is not influenced by P-11 effects, as
CHAM FER COLD JOINT is the leg in the tilt-up panel, a comparison can be made
directly with the calculated strength capacities from B.9 .3 . 1 .
Fig. B.9.3. 3-Revised tilt-up panel header cross section. All reinforcing steel proposed meets the requirements for the
factored loads for this load case.
B.9.3.2 Load Case 2: 1.2D + 0.5L, + l.OW
Therefore, the header cross section originally depicted in
v;,vert = 1 .2(18.8 kip) + 0.5(22.5 kip) = 33.8 kip Fig. B.9. 1 b(a) is not valid. The No. 3 shear stirrups should
M,/erl = 1 .2( 1 1 9.2 ft-kip) + 0.5(150.0 ft-kip) = 218 ft-kip be spaced at 7.25 in. on center in the 6.25 in. section within
W11wind = 1 .6(4.0 ft)(17 Jb/ft2) = 109 plf= 0.109 kif the region prescribed by ACI 3 18. The No. 3 ties should be
M11wind = (1/8)w11win£2 = (1/8)(0. 1 09 klf)(20.0 ft)2 = 5.45 ft-kip provided at sufficient spacing to satisfy shear flow require
Because the header is not influenced by P-11 effects, as ments at the cold joint. Figure B.9.3.3 illustrates the final
is the leg in the tilt-up panel, a comparison can be made reinforcing steel details required for the header cross section.

American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMate'l'llflitOt'II!/WIAA�ncrete.org
Always advancing
As ACI begins its second century of advancing concrete knowledge, its original chartered purpose
remains "to provide a comradeship in finding the best ways to do concrete work of all kinds and in
spreading knowledge." In keeping with this purpose, ACI supports the following activities:
Technical committees that produce consensus reports, guides, specifications, and codes.
Spring and fall conventions to facilitate the work of its committees.
Educational seminars that disseminate reliable information on concrete.
Certification programs for personnel employed within the concrete industry.
Student programs such as scholarships, internships, and competitions.
Sponsoring and co-sponsoring international conferences and symposia.
Formal coordination with several international concrete related societies.
Periodicals: the ACI Structural Journal, Materials Journal, and Concrete International.
Benefits of membership include a subscription to Concrete International and to an ACI Journal. ACI
members receive discounts of up to 40% on all ACI products and services, including documents, seminars
and convention registration fees.
As a member of ACI, you join thousands of practitioners and professionals worldwide who share
a commitment to maintain the highest industry standards for concrete technology, construction,
and practices. In addition, ACI chapters provide opportunities for interaction of professionals and
practitioners at a local level.

38800 Country Club Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331
Phone: +1.248.848.3700
Fax: +1.248.848.3701
www. concrete.org
5990390
2015/10/28 23:22:19
Always advancing
38800 Country C l u b Drive

Farmington H i l l s , Ml 48331 USA
+1 . 248.848.3700
www.con crete.org
The A m e r i c a n C o n c rete I n stitute (AC I ) is a l e a d i n g a utho rity a n d resou rce
worldwide for the deve l o p m e nt a n d d i stri bution of c o n s e n s u s-based
sta n d a rd s a n d tec h n i c a l reso u rces, ed ucati o n a l pro g r a m s , and certifi cati o n s
for i n d ivid u a l s a n d o rga n i zati o n s i nvo lved i n c o n c rete d es i g n , c o n st r u ct i o n ,
a n d materia l s , w h o s h a re a co m m itment to p u rs u i n g the best u s e o f c o n crete.
I n d ivi d u a l s i nterested in the a ctivities of ACI a re e n c o u ra g e d to explore the
ACI website fo r m e m b e rs h i p o p p o rtu n ities, c o m m ittee activities, and a wide
va ri ety of c o n crete reso u rces. As a vo l u nteer m e m be r-d riven o rg a n izati o n ,
A C I i nvites p a rt n e rs h i p s a n d w e l c o m e s a l l con crete p rofess i o n a l s w h o w i s h to
be p a rt of a res pecte d , c o n n ecte d , soc i a l g ro u p t h at p rovides a n op portu n ity
for p rofessi o n a l g rowth, n etwo r k i n g a n d e nj oy m e nt.
9
1 1 1 11 11 1 1 1 1
781942 727309
5990390
2015/10/28 23:22:19
American Concrete Institute Licensee=Chongqing Institute o f quality and Standardizationb

551.2r 15 Design Guide For Tilt Up Concrete Panels

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

551.2r 15 Design Guide For Tilt Up Concrete Panels

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Design Guide for Tilt-Up

Design Guide for Tilt-Up Concrete Panels

American Concrete Institute

Design Guide for Tilt-Up Concrete Panels

Jeff Griffin, Chair James R. Baty II, Secretary

Iyad M. Alsamsam Brent E. Hungerford AndrewS. McPherson Joseph J. Steinbicker

they shall be restated in mandatory language for incorporation

8.2-Resistance to sliding, p. 1 8 B.8-Plain panel on isolated footing or pier design

Kb bending stiffness, in.-lb/in. (N·mm/mm) w wind load

Vlf o or= floor diaphragm shear force which it acts.

moments from eccentric axial loads and self-weight in addi­

CHAPTER 3-ANALYSIS CONCEPTS FOR

3.1 -Panel design model

'' I' '' I I

lateral load Mmax

f---, Fig. 3. 2c-Deflection due to axial load only.

M Maximum moment in a tilt-up panel is usually the result

maximum deflection at midheight is given by buckling load, Per

in which Critical buckling capacity is a by-product of the P-L'l

defines a sinus()idal, single-curvature deflected shape due to

the effects of a concentric axial load only. The applicable

Section stiffness Eefe in the preceding equation varies with

the early 1 980s (SEAOSC 1982) and analytical studies by

Fig. 3.3-Slender wall example calculation-suction force

= 0.85 - 0.05 (!'_c_-7 28 )

stiffuess of the concrete section in accordance with ACI

where Other forces contributing to the primary moment, such as

where, for normalweight concrete

4.1 -Lateral loads

{+0.7 pressure} assuming 500

where GCp;= ±0. 1 8; +?(pressure)= 28.2(0.7 + 0. 1 8)= 24.8 .r.. . .. ... ••

the panel weight.

Sos= 2/3 SMs= 2/3 0.90= 0.60

FP= 0.40 1 .0 Sos panel weight = 0.40 0.60 100

lb/ft2 (4.8 kPa) 24 lb/ft2 (1.15 kPa)

4.1.3 Lateral earth pressures-Tilt-up panels have also

U= 1 .2D + 1 .6(L,. or S or R) + (1 .0L or 0.5 W) (9-3)

The midheight moment is 5.1 -General

load and self-weight allow the concrete to perform as an 5McJ ! c2

The following deflection limits are recommended to avoid b

Load Moment Deflection

����c:d by� omt

� American Concrete I nstitute - Copyright� @>fMatel'llfl'Uli'II\JW'N�ncrete.org

7(---.A fri M - M + Wet-,.

Fig. 7. 7a-Cantilever panel.

CHAPTER 8-IN-PLANE SH EAR

Fig. 7. 7b-Panel with parapet. ____::..

a height two times the cantilever height.

Fig. 8-In-plane shear forces.

(b) Resistance to sliding 8.1 -Resistance to panel overturning

column. Wall segments created between openings and panel

Often, tilt-up panel configurations contain isolated wall PANELS

Cast-in-place Embed angle

Fig. 9. 1.2a-Edge connector with studs.

Chamfer Extend reinforcing

Fig. 9. 1 . 1 b-Cast-in-place pilaster.

� Continuous Fig. 9. 1. 2g-Edge angle connection.

Fig. 9. 1. 2d-Panel on "L "flooring.

Fig. 9. 1. 2h-Beam connection plate.

and splice lengths per ACI 3 1 8-11, Chapter 2 1 .

panels in a horizontal position, thus minimizing alignment,

3/4 to I in. ( 1 9 to 25 mm)for

1 2.5-Base sliding Canadian Standards Association

moments from eccentric axial loads and self-weight in addi

��c:d by� omt

lead to a negative value for the factored moment, with incre

EJg Reinforcing steel at each face of the panel

B. l . l M Reinforcing steel centered in panel thickness

Therefore, 3 1 No. 10M bars should be used for the hori £ p

panel thickness and repeat the analysis. To have a tension

panel thickness and repeat the analysis. To have a tension